PRINTWARE INC
S-1/A, 1996-06-18
COMPUTER PERIPHERAL EQUIPMENT, NEC
Previous: VANGUARD REAL ESTATE FUND I /MA/, 15-12G, 1996-06-18
Next: EPITOPE INC/OR/, 8-K, 1996-06-18



<PAGE>
   
     AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JUNE 18, 1996
    
 
   
                                                      REGISTRATION NO. 333-03629
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                            ------------------------
   
                                AMENDMENT NO. 1
                                       TO
                                    FORM S-1
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
    
                             ---------------------
                                PRINTWARE, INC.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                               <C>                             <C>
           MINNESOTA                           3577                             41-1522267
(State or other jurisdiction of    (Primary Standard Industrial    (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
 incorporation or organization)    Classification Code Number)
</TABLE>
 
                            ------------------------
 
                           1270 EAGAN INDUSTRIAL ROAD
                               ST. PAUL, MN 55121
                                 (612) 456-1400
              (Address, including zip code, and telephone number,
       including area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)
                            ------------------------
 
                             DANIEL A. BAKER, PH.D.
                                PRINTWARE, INC.
                           1270 EAGAN INDUSTRIAL ROAD
                               ST. PAUL, MN 55121
                                 (612) 456-1400
           (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number,
                   including area code, of agent for service)
                            ------------------------
 
                                    COPY TO:
 
       Richard D. McNeil, Esq.               Michele D. Vaillancourt, Esq.
        Mary S. Giesler, Esq.                  Trevor V. Gunderson, Esq.
     Lindquist & Vennum P.L.L.P.               Winthrop & Weinstine, P.A.
           4200 IDS Center                      3000 Dain Bosworth Plaza
         80 South 8th Street                     60 South Sixth Street
     Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402             Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402
            (612) 371-3211                           (612) 347-0700
 
                            ------------------------
 
          APPROXIMATE DATE OF COMMENCEMENT OF PROPOSED SALE TO PUBLIC:
AS SOON AS PRACTICABLE AFTER THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT.
                            ------------------------
 
    If  any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to  Rule 415 under the Securities Act  of
1933, check the following box: / /
 
    If  this Form  is filed  to register  additional securities  for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list  the  Securities  Act  registration statement  number  of  the  earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering: / /
                            ------------------------
 
    If  this Form  is a post-effective  amendment filed pursuant  to Rule 462(c)
under the Securities Act,  check the following box  and list the Securities  Act
registration  statement number  of the earlier  effective registration statement
for the same offering: / /
                            ------------------------
 
    If delivery of the prospectus is expected  to be made pursuant to Rule  434,
please check the following box: / /
 
                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               PROPOSED            PROPOSED
         TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF            AMOUNT TO BE    MAXIMUM OFFERING   MAXIMUM AGGREGATE      AMOUNT OF
      SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED         REGISTERED (1)  PRICE PER UNIT (2)  OFFERING PRICE (2)  REGISTRATION FEE
<S>                                       <C>             <C>                 <C>                 <C>
Common Stock, no par value..............    1,840,000           $7.00            $12,880,000         $4,441.02
</TABLE>
 
(1)  Includes  240,000 shares  of  Common Stock  issuable  upon exercise  of the
    Underwriters' over-allotment option.
 
(2) Estimated  solely  for  the  purpose of  calculating  the  registration  fee
    pursuant to Rule 457.
                            ------------------------
 
    THE  REGISTRANT HEREBY  AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION  STATEMENT ON  SUCH DATE OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE A  FURTHER  AMENDMENT  WHICH SPECIFICALLY  STATES  THAT  THIS  REGISTRATION
STATEMENT  SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN  ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE SECURITIES ACT  OF 1933  OR UNTIL  THE REGISTRATION  STATEMENT SHALL  BECOME
EFFECTIVE  ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A),
MAY DETERMINE.
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                                PRINTWARE, INC.
 
                             CROSS REFERENCE SHEET
 
                   PURSUANT TO ITEM 501(B) OF REGULATION S-K
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
ITEM NUMBER AND CAPTION                                                          LOCATION IN PROSPECTUS
- ----------------------------------------------------------------  -----------------------------------------------------
<S>        <C>                                                    <C>
1.         Forepart of the Registration Statement and Outside
            Front Cover Page of Prospectus......................  Outside Front Cover Page; Inside Front Cover Page
 
2.         Inside Front and Outside Back Cover Pages of
            Prospectus..........................................  Inside Front Cover Page; Additional Information;
                                                                   Outside Back Cover Page
 
3.         Summary Information, Risk Factors and Ratio of
            Earnings to Fixed Charges...........................  Outside Front Cover Page; Prospectus Summary; Risk
                                                                   Factors
 
4.         Use of Proceeds......................................  Prospectus Summary; Use of Proceeds
 
5.         Determination of Offering Price......................  Outside Front Cover Page; Underwriting
 
6.         Dilution.............................................  Dilution
 
7.         Selling Security Holders.............................  Principal and Selling Shareholders; Outside Front
                                                                   Cover Page; Inside Front Cover Page; Underwriting
 
8.         Plan of Distribution.................................  Outside Front Cover Page; Underwriting
 
9.         Description of Securities to be Registered...........  Prospectus Summary; Dividend Policy; Capitalization;
                                                                   Description of Capital Stock
 
10.        Interest of Named Experts and Counsel................  Not Applicable
 
11.        Information with Respect to the Registrant...........  Outside Front Cover Page; Prospectus Summary; Risk
                                                                   Factors; Capitalization; Selected Financial Data;
                                                                   Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
                                                                   Condition and Results of Operations; Business;
                                                                   Management; Certain Transactions; Principal and
                                                                   Selling Shareholders; Description of Capital Stock
 
12.        Disclosure of Commission Position on Indemnification
            for Securities Act Liabilities......................  Not Applicable
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
INFORMATION   CONTAINED  HEREIN  IS  SUBJECT   TO  COMPLETION  OR  AMENDMENT.  A
REGISTRATION STATEMENT  RELATING TO  THESE SECURITIES  HAS BEEN  FILED WITH  THE
SECURITIES  AND EXCHANGE  COMMISSION. THESE SECURITIES  MAY NOT BE  SOLD NOR MAY
OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR  TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT  BECOMES
EFFECTIVE.  THIS  PROSPECTUS  SHALL  NOT  CONSTITUTE AN  OFFER  TO  SELL  OR THE
SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE BE ANY SALE OF THESE  SECURITIES
IN  ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER,  SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE UNLAWFUL PRIOR
TO REGISTRATION OR QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY SUCH STATE.
<PAGE>
   
                   SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JUNE 18, 1996
    
PROSPECTUS
 
                                1,600,000 SHARES
 
                                     [LOGO]
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
                                ----------------
 
    Of the 1,600,000 shares of Common Stock offered hereby, 1,200,000 are  being
sold  by Printware, Inc.  ("Printware" or the "Company")  and 400,000 shares are
being  sold   by  the   Selling  Shareholders.   See  "Principal   and   Selling
Shareholders." The Company will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of
the shares by the Selling Shareholders.
 
    Prior to this offering (the "Offering"), there has been no public market for
the Common Stock of the Company and no assurance can be given that a market will
develop  or be maintained after the Offering. It is currently estimated that the
initial public offering  price will be  between $6.00 and  $7.00 per share.  See
"Underwriting"  for  the factors  considered in  determining the  initial public
offering price. The Company has applied for  listing of the Common Stock on  the
Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "PRTW."
                             ---------------------
 
    THE  COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY  INVOLVES A HIGH DEGREE  OF RISK. SEE "RISK
FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 5 OF THIS PROSPECTUS.
                              -------------------
 
       THESE SECURITIES  HAVE NOT  BEEN APPROVED  OR DISAPPROVED  BY  THE
       SECURITIES  AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR  ANY  STATE  SECURITIES
        COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION  OR
           ANY  STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY
            OR ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRE  SENTATION TO
                      THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               PROCEEDS TO
                                     PRICE TO          UNDERWRITING        PROCEEDS TO           SELLING
                                      PUBLIC           DISCOUNT(1)          COMPANY(2)         SHAREHOLDERS
<S>                             <C>                 <C>                 <C>                 <C>
   Per Share..................          $                   $                   $                   $
    Total(3)..................          $                   $                   $                   $
</TABLE>
 
(1) The Company and the Selling Shareholders,  on a pro rata basis, have  agreed
    to  pay R. J. Steichen & Company,  as the representative of the Underwriters
    (the "Representative"), a nonaccountable expense allowance equal to 2.0%  of
    the  total Price to  Public for all  shares purchased. The  Company has also
    agreed to sell to the Representative, for nominal consideration, a five-year
    warrant (the "Representative's Warrant") to purchase up to 120,000 shares of
    Common Stock exercisable at a price per share equal to 120% of the per share
    Price to Public.  The Company and  the Selling Shareholders  have agreed  to
    indemnify  the Underwriters  against certain  liabilities, including certain
    liabilities  under   the   Securities  Act   of   1933,  as   amended.   See
    "Underwriting."
 
(2)  Before  deducting estimated  offering expenses  payable of  $393,000, which
    includes the portion  of the nonaccountable  expense allowance described  in
    Note 1 above which is being paid by the Company.
 
(3)  The Company  and the Selling  Shareholders have granted  the Underwriters a
    30-day option to purchase  up to 240,000 additional  shares of Common  Stock
    solely  to cover over-allotments, if  any. To the extent  that the option is
    exercised, the Underwriters will offer the additional shares at the Price to
    Public shown above. If the option is  exercised in full, the total Price  to
    Public,  Underwriting Discount, Proceeds to  Company and Proceeds to Selling
    Shareholders will be $       , $       , $       and $       , respectively.
    See "Underwriting."
 
    The shares  of Common  Stock are  offered  by the  Underwriters on  a  "firm
commitment"  basis  subject to  prior  sale when,  as  and if  delivered  to and
accepted by the  Underwriters and  subject to their  right to  reject orders  in
whole  or in part.  It is expected that  delivery of the  shares of Common Stock
will be made on or about            , 1996 in Minneapolis, Minnesota.
                              [R.J. STEICHEN LOGO]
 
                The date of this Prospectus is            , 1996
<PAGE>
 
                         [Inside Front Cover Graphics]
 
Photo:                      Printware's Model 3240 Platesetter
 
Text above photo:           Printware, Inc. is a leader in Computer-to-Plate
                             Systems, which produce offset printing plates
                             faster and less expensively than traditional
                             methods.
 
Text below photo:           Printware's Model 3240 Platesetter, sold under the
                             Mitsubishi name, produces photographic offset
                             printing plates directly from a computer.
 
    PRIOR TO THIS OFFERING,  THE COMPANY HAS NOT  BEEN SUBJECT TO THE  REPORTING
REQUIREMENTS  OF THE SECURITIES  EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934.  AFTER COMPLETION OF THIS
OFFERING, THE COMPANY INTENDS TO DISTRIBUTE TO ITS STOCKHOLDERS AN ANNUAL REPORT
CONTAINING  AUDITED  FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS  AND  QUARTERLY  REPORTS   CONTAINING
UNAUDITED  FINANCIAL INFORMATION  FOR THE  FIRST THREE  QUARTERS OF  EACH FISCAL
YEAR.
 
    IN CONNECTION WITH THIS OFFERING,  THE UNDERWRITER MAY OVER-ALLOT OR  EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE COMMON STOCK OF
THE  COMPANY AT  A LEVEL ABOVE  THAT WHICH  MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL  IN THE OPEN
MARKET. SUCH TRANSACTIONS MAY BE EFFECTED ON THE NASDAQ NATIONAL MARKET, IN  THE
OVER-THE-COUNTER  MARKET OR  OTHERWISE. SUCH  STABILIZING, IF  COMMENCED, MAY BE
DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.
 
                                       2
<PAGE>
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
    THE  FOLLOWING SUMMARY INFORMATION IS QUALIFIED  IN ITS ENTIRETY BY THE MORE
DETAILED INFORMATION  AND  FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS  AND  NOTES  THERETO  APPEARING
ELSEWHERE  IN THIS  PROSPECTUS. SEE "RISK  FACTORS" FOR A  DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN
FACTORS  TO  BE  CONSIDERED  BY  PROSPECTIVE  INVESTORS.  EXCEPT  AS   OTHERWISE
INDICATED,  ALL INFORMATION  IN THIS PROSPECTUS  (I) ASSUMES NO  EXERCISE OF THE
UNDERWRITERS' OVER-ALLOTMENT OPTION, (II) DOES NOT INCLUDE UP TO 120,000  SHARES
OF  COMMON STOCK  ISSUABLE UPON  EXERCISE OF  THE REPRESENTATIVE'S  WARRANT, AND
(III) REFLECTS A ONE-FOR-FOUR REVERSE SPLIT OF THE COMMON STOCK EFFECTIVE  APRIL
25,  1996. SEE "DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL  STOCK." THIS PROSPECTUS CONTAINS FORWARD
LOOKING STATEMENTS THAT  INVOLVE RISKS AND  UNCERTAINTIES. THE COMPANY'S  ACTUAL
RESULTS   MAY   DIFFER  SIGNIFICANTLY   FROM  THE   RESULTS  DISCUSSED   IN  THE
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS.
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
   
    Printware, Inc. ("Printware" or the  "Company") designs, builds and  markets
"Computer-to-Plate"  systems which are  used by the  offset printing industry to
create printing plates directly  from computer data.  These systems replace  the
traditional process of typesetting, paste-up, camera work and processing film to
produce  a printing plate. Computer-to-Plate  technology provides one-step plate
making (including  text,  graphics  and photographic  halftones)  directly  from
computer  data,  much  as a  laser  printer  makes printed  pages  directly from
computer data. The key benefits of Computer-to-Plate technology are lower costs,
faster turnaround  times,  fewer pieces  of  equipment and  fewer  environmental
limitations   on  disposal  of  by-products.  The  key  hardware  element  of  a
Computer-to-Plate system is  called a Platesetter,  which produces the  printing
plate  by imaging the computer data on  the physical plate material. The Company
sells Platesetters, supplies for use in Platesetters and raster image processors
for connecting  the Platesetter  to the  customer's computer  network. Sales  of
supplies accounted for approximately 55% of the Company's 1995 revenues.
    
 
    The   Company  is   a  leader  in   the  development   and  introduction  of
Computer-to-Plate systems. To date the  Company has sold over 300  Platesetters,
which  it  believes is  more  than any  other  single competitor.  The Company's
marketing strategy is to offer a wide range of Computer-to-Plate products to the
broad market of "mainstream"  printers who use small  format (18" wide or  less)
presses, typically for high-volume printing applications such as check printing,
social  printing  (such  as  wedding  invitations)  and  envelope  printing. The
Company's  customers  include  leading  printers  such  as  Deluxe   Corporation
("Deluxe"),  Pitney  Bowes,  Thomson  Publishing,  Liberty  Check  Printers  and
Northrup-Grumman.
 
   
    The Company  currently manufactures  two lines  of Platesetters  in  various
configurations. The end-user price ranges from $75,000 to $150,000 for the Model
1440, depending on the configuration, and from $85,000 to $100,000 for the Model
3240.  The Company markets the  Model 1440 through its  own sales force, and the
Model 3240 is marketed by Mitsubishi Imaging (MC), Inc. ("Mitsubishi") under its
name. Both  of  these  Platesetter  lines  use  patented  resonant  galvanometer
technology   which  was  licensed  to  the   Company  by  Minnesota  Mining  and
Manufacturing Company  ("3M")  when  the  Company was  organized  in  1985.  The
resonant  galvanometer technology  provides precise  scanning of  the laser beam
which writes the digital image on the blank plate. In 1993 the Company began  to
focus exclusively on Computer-to-Plate products and phased out its manufacturing
of  laser printers and film imagers.  Phasing out of these lower-margin products
resulted  in  a  reduction   in  revenue  in  1993   and  1994.  The  focus   on
Computer-to-Plate  products resulted in an  improvement in profitability in 1994
and 1995 due to the higher margins provided by those products and lower research
and development and sales and marketing expenditures.
    
 
    The Company is  incorporated in  Minnesota and has  its principal  executive
office  and  manufacturing facility  at 1270  Eagan  Industrial Road,  St. Paul,
Minnesota 55121. Its telephone number is (612) 456-1400.
 
                                       3
<PAGE>
                                  THE OFFERING
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                            <C>
COMMON STOCK OFFERED BY THE COMPANY..........  1,200,000 shares
COMMON STOCK OFFERED BY THE SELLING
 SHAREHOLDERS................................  400,000 shares
COMMON STOCK OUTSTANDING AFTER THE
 OFFERING....................................  4,829,713 shares(1)
USE OF PROCEEDS..............................  Product development, sales and marketing  and
                                                working capital
PROPOSED NASDAQ NATIONAL MARKET SYMBOL.......  PRTW
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------------------
 
(1)  Does not  include, as of  March 30,  1996 (i) 135,567  shares issuable upon
    exercise of stock options  held by executive officers  and employees of  the
    Company,  (ii) 120,000 shares issuable upon exercise of the Representative's
    Warrant, and (iii) 5,000 shares issuable  upon exercise of warrants held  by
    Deluxe.
 
                           RISK FACTORS AND DILUTION
 
    An  investment in the Common Stock involves a high degree of risk. See "Risk
Factors." Purchasers will experience immediate  and substantial dilution in  net
tangible book value per share. See "Dilution."
 
                             SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                            --------------------------           YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                             MARCH 30,      APRIL 1,    -----------------------------------------
                                                1996          1995          1995          1994          1993
                                            ------------  ------------  ------------  ------------  -------------
<S>                                         <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>           <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
  Revenues................................  $  1,832,013  $  1,807,623  $  8,388,148  $  6,626,925  $   7,296,484
  Gross margin............................       721,967       806,752     3,384,192     2,524,524      1,951,965
  Income (loss) from operations...........       304,555       330,105     1,554,183       622,184     (1,213,897)
  Net income (loss)(1)....................       330,898       326,483     1,793,425       784,029     (1,204,707)
  Net income (loss) per common and common
   equivalent share(1)....................      $.09          $.09          $.48          $.21         $(.33)
  Weighted average common and common
   equivalent shares outstanding(2).......     3,705,403     3,705,627     3,705,627     3,685,580      3,635,226
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         AS OF MARCH 30, 1996
                                                                                     -----------------------------
                                                                                        ACTUAL     AS ADJUSTED(3)
                                                                                     ------------  ---------------
<S>                                                                                  <C>           <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
  Cash and cash equivalents........................................................  $  2,795,856   $   9,695,856
  Working capital..................................................................     4,491,641      11,391,641
  Total assets.....................................................................     5,396,406      12,296,406
  Shareholders' equity.............................................................     4,655,666      11,555,666
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------------------
 
(1) Net income in 1994 includes an extraordinary item of $140,927, consisting of
    a  gain  on  extinguishment  of  debt.  The  income  per  common  and common
    equivalent share attributable to such extraordinary gain was $.04.
 
(2) See Note 1 to Financial  Statements for an explanation of the  determination
    of weighted average common and common equivalent shares outstanding.
 
(3)  As adjusted to reflect the sale  of shares offered hereby, assuming a Price
    to Public  of $6.50  per share,  and the  application of  the estimated  net
    proceeds  therefrom of $6.9 million. See "Use of Proceeds" and "Management's
    Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."
 
                                       4
<PAGE>
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
    AN  INVESTMENT IN THE COMMON STOCK OFFERED  HEREBY INVOLVES A HIGH DEGREE OF
RISK. IN EVALUATING THE COMPANY  AND ITS BUSINESS, PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS  SHOULD
CAREFULLY  CONSIDER  THE  FOLLOWING  RISK  FACTORS  IN  ADDITION  TO  THE  OTHER
INFORMATION  IN  THIS  PROSPECTUS.  THIS  PROSPECTUS  CONTAINS  FORWARD  LOOKING
STATEMENTS  WITHIN THE MEANING OF SECTION 27A  OF THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 AND
SECTION 21E OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934. ACTUAL RESULTS COULD  DIFFER
SIGNIFICANTLY  FROM  THOSE  PROJECTED IN  THE  FORWARD LOOKING  STATEMENTS  AS A
RESULT, IN PART, OF THE RISK FACTORS SET FORTH BELOW.
 
   
    DEPENDENCE ON CERTAIN CUSTOMERS.   The Company is  heavily dependent on  two
customers, Deluxe and Mitsubishi. Sales to these customers represented 41.7% and
17.5%,  respectively, of 1995 revenues and 43.0% and 2.1%, respectively, of 1994
revenues. Deluxe is a provider of checks and related electronic-based  financial
systems.  As of March 30,  1996 Deluxe owned 51.3%  of the Company's outstanding
Common Stock and  two of  its executive officers  are members  of the  Company's
Board  of  Directors.  Mitsubishi is  a  world  wide supplier  of  equipment and
supplies  to  the  printing  industry  and  markets  the  Company's  Model  3240
Platesetter  under Mitsubishi's trade name. Loss of either of these customers or
a substantial reduction in their purchases would have a material adverse  effect
on  the Company. See "Business --  Overview," "Business -- Customers -- Revenues
from Deluxe" and "Certain Transactions."
    
 
    DEPENDENCE ON CERTAIN SUPPLIERS.   The Company is  dependent on several  key
single-source   suppliers,  including   the  supplier   of  its   planned  Adobe
PostScript-Registered  Trademark-  raster  image  processor,  the  raster  image
processing  software used  in its  ZAPrip-Registered Trademark-  product and the
plate materials which the Company sells for the Model 1440. All of the Company's
agreements with  suppliers  can  be  canceled  by  either  party  under  certain
circumstances.  Furthermore, there can  be no assurance  that technical or other
problems  might  not  cause  supply  interruptions.  Such  interruptions   could
seriously jeopardize the Company's ability to provide products that are critical
to the Company's business and operations. See "Business--Suppliers."
 
   
    DEPENDENCE  ON LIMITED PRODUCT  LINE.  The Company's  business is focused on
Computer-to-Plate products for the offset printing industry and its product line
is limited to  the Model 3240  Platesetter, three variations  of the Model  1440
Platesetter  and Model 1440  consumable supplies. Thus  the Company's ability to
generate revenue is dependent on a limited  number of products in a single  line
of  business. A material decline in revenues  from any of the Company's products
could have a material adverse effect on the Company which might not be offset by
revenues from other products. See "Business--Products."
    
 
    COMPETITION.  The  Company faces considerable  competition in its  business.
Most  of  the Company's  competitors and  potential competitors  are established
companies that  have significantly  greater financial,  technical and  marketing
resources  than  the  Company. There  can  be  no assurance  that  the Company's
competitors will not succeed in developing and marketing products which  perform
better  or are less expensive than those  developed and marketed by the Company,
or  that  would  render  the  Company's  products  and  technology  obsolete  or
noncompetitive.  There can be no assurance  that competition might not adversely
affect the profitability or  viability of the  Company's supplies business.  The
Company  is highly dependent on its ability  to develop new products with higher
performance and lower  costs, and there  can be no  assurance these  development
efforts will be successful. See "Business--Competition."
 
   
    OPERATING  RESULTS.    The  Company has  experienced  net  income  (loss) of
$330,898 for the  three months ended  March 30, 1996  and $1,793,425,  $784,029,
($1,204,707),  ($2,543,602) and $103,077  for the five  years ended December 31,
1995, 1994, 1993, 1992 and 1991, respectively. As of March 30, 1996 the  Company
had an accumulated deficit of $10,866,572. Although the Company has reported net
income  in the last two years and the first quarter of 1996, no assurance can be
given that  the  Company's  operations  will  continue  to  be  profitable.  See
"Selected  Financial Data,"  "Management's Discussion and  Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations" and "Financial Statements."
    
 
    RAPID TECHNOLOGICAL AND MARKET  CHANGES.  Certain  segments of the  printing
industry  are  characterized  by  rapid technological  change  and  the frequent
introduction of new products. The Company's future success will depend, in part,
on its ability  to develop  and introduce new  products that  take advantage  of
technological  advances and  to respond  promptly to  new customer requirements.
There can be no assurance that a shift
 
                                       5
<PAGE>
to large-format presses or  higher-quality color printing  might not render  the
Company's  products  and  technology obsolete.  Technology  such  as xerographic
printers,  digital  presses  or  electronic  publishing  could  replace   offset
printing,  rendering  the Company's  current  products and  technology obsolete.
There can be no  assurance that the  Company's resonant galvanometer  technology
will   remain   competitive   with   other   types   of   laser   scanners.  See
"Business--Competition."
 
   
    PROTECTION OF  PROPRIETARY  TECHNOLOGY.   Printware  seeks  to  protect  its
proprietary  technology  by  seeking patents  or  entering  into confidentiality
agreements with employees  and suppliers,  depending on  the circumstances.  The
Company holds patents or is the licensee of patented technology covering certain
aspects  of its Platesetters. There can be  no assurance that such patent rights
will not be challenged, rendered unenforceable, invalidated or circumvented,  or
that  the rights granted thereunder or under licensing agreements will provide a
competitive advantage to the Company.  Efforts to legally enforce patent  rights
can involve substantial expense and may not be successful. Further, there can be
no  assurance that  others will  not independently  develop similar  or superior
technologies or duplicate any technology developed  by the Company, or that  the
Company's  technology will  not infringe upon  patents or other  rights owned by
others. Thus the patents held  by or licensed to the  Company may not afford  it
any  meaningful competitive advantage.  There can also be  no assurance that the
Company's confidentiality agreements will  provide meaningful protection of  the
Company's  proprietary  information.  The Company's  inability  to  maintain its
proprietary rights  could  have  a  material adverse  effect  on  its  business,
financial  condition  and  results  of  operations.  See  "Business--Proprietary
Rights."
    
 
    DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL; LACK  OF EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS.  The  Company's
success  depends  in large  part on  its  ability to  attract and  retain highly
qualified management,  technical and  marketing personnel.  The Company  has  no
employment  agreements with any of its management or other personnel and, except
for $300,000 of key person  coverage on Dr. Baker,  has no key person  insurance
covering  any  such individuals.  Competition  for such  personnel  is generally
intense and there can be no assurance  that the Company will be able to  attract
and  retain the  personnel necessary  for the  development and  operation of its
business. The  loss of  the services  of  key personnel  could have  a  material
adverse  effect on  the Company's business,  financial condition  and results of
operations. See "Management."
 
    CONCENTRATION OF OWNERSHIP.  Following this Offering, Deluxe, the  Company's
current  principal shareholder, will continue to  own approximately 32.9% of the
outstanding Common Stock. Two executive officers of Deluxe serve as directors of
the Company.  Two of  the  Company's other  directors,  Donald Mager  and  Allen
Taylor,  will also own after  this Offering 8.1% and  7.1%, respectively, of the
outstanding Common Stock. Accordingly, Deluxe and Messrs. Mager and Taylor  will
have the ability to control the election of the Company's Board of Directors and
most corporate actions. This concentration of ownership may also have the effect
of delaying or preventing a change in control of the Company. See "Principal and
Selling Shareholders."
 
    NO  PRIOR PUBLIC  MARKET; POSSIBLE  STOCK PRICE  VOLATILITY.   Prior to this
Offering, there has been no public market for the Common Stock and there can  be
no  assurance that an active trading market for the Common Stock will develop or
be sustained following this Offering. The initial public offering price will  be
determined  through negotiations between the  Company and the Representative and
may bear no  relationship to  the price  at which  the Common  Stock will  trade
following  this Offering. There can be no assurance that future market prices of
the Common Stock will not be lower than the initial offering price. In addition,
the stock market historically has experienced volatility which has affected  the
market  price  of securities  of  many companies  and  which has  sometimes been
unrelated to the operating performance  of such companies. Announcements of  new
products   and  services  by  the  Company  or  its  competitors,  technological
innovations, developments with respect to  patents or other proprietary  rights,
changes  in stock  market analyst  recommendations regarding  the Company, other
technology companies  or the  Company's industry  generally and  other  external
factors,  as well  as period-to-period  fluctuations in  the Company's financial
results, may have a significant effect on the market price of the Common  Stock.
See "Underwriting."
 
    SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE; REGISTRATION RIGHTS.  Sales of Common Stock
in the public market after this Offering could adversely affect the market price
of the Common Stock. Unless purchased by an affiliate
 
                                       6
<PAGE>
of the Company, the 1,600,000 shares of Common Stock to be sold in this Offering
will  be  freely  transferable  without  restriction.  Upon  conclusion  of this
Offering, in addition to the shares being sold hereby, 748,876 shares of  Common
Stock  will  be eligible  for sale  in the  public market  without registration.
Certain of  the Company's  existing shareholders,  holding 2,383,425  shares  of
Common  Stock,  have agreed  that  they will  not,  without the  consent  of the
Representative, sell  or  otherwise dispose  of  any equity  securities  of  the
Company  for  a  period of  six  months  following the  effective  date  of this
Offering. However, sale of  substantial amounts of shares  in the public  market
following  that period could adversely affect  the market price of the Company's
Common Stock. In addition, certain shareholders holding 109,961 shares of Common
Stock have the right,  subject to certain conditions,  to participate in  future
Company  registrations and to cause the Company to register certain Common Stock
owned by them. See "Shares Eligible For Future Sale."
 
    POSSIBLE ISSUANCES OF PREFERRED STOCK; ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS.  The  Board
of  Directors is authorized to  issue up to 1,000,000  shares of Preferred Stock
and to  fix  the rights,  preferences,  privileges and  restrictions,  including
voting  rights,  of those  shares  without any  further  vote or  action  by the
Company's shareholders. The rights  of the holders of  the Common Stock will  be
subject  to, and may be adversely affected by,  the rights of the holders of any
Preferred Stock that may be issued in  the future. Although there is no  current
intention  to do so,  the issuance of  Preferred Stock could  have the effect of
delaying, deferring or  preventing a  change in  control of  the Company,  which
could  deprive the Company's shareholders of  opportunities to sell their shares
of Common  Stock at  a premium.  Additionally, the  Company could  adopt in  the
future  one or  more additional  anti-takeover measures,  such as  a shareholder
rights plan, without  first seeking shareholder  approval, which measures  could
also make a change in control of the Company more difficult. The Company is also
subject  to  provisions  of the  Minnesota  Business Corporation  Act  that make
certain business  combinations or  potential acquisitions  of the  Company  more
difficult. See "Description of Capital Stock."
 
    DILUTION.   Purchasers of shares of Common Stock in this Offering will incur
immediate and  substantial  dilution of  $4.11  per share.  Investors  may  also
experience  additional dilution as a result of the exercise of outstanding stock
options and warrants. See "Dilution" and "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."
 
    NO DIVIDENDS.  The Company has never  paid any cash dividends on its  Common
Stock  and does not anticipate paying such dividends for the foreseeable future.
See "Dividend Policy."
 
                                       7
<PAGE>
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
    The net  proceeds  to be  received  by the  Company  from the  sale  of  the
1,200,000  shares of Common Stock offered by the Company hereby, after deducting
the estimated underwriting discount and  offering expenses, are estimated to  be
approximately  $6.9 million  ($8.0 million  if the  Underwriters' over-allotment
option is exercised in full)  at an assumed offering  price of $6.50 per  share.
The  Company will not receive any of the  proceeds from the sale of Common Stock
by the  Selling  Shareholders.  The  Company intends  to  apply  these  proceeds
approximately as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                       <C>
Product development.....................................  $3,200,000
Sales and marketing.....................................  1,800,000
Working capital.........................................  1,900,000
                                                          ---------
  Total.................................................  $6,900,000
                                                          ---------
                                                          ---------
</TABLE>
 
    The  amounts  actually  expended  for each  purpose  may  vary significantly
depending upon numerous  factors, including the  success of product  development
efforts,  market conditions and customer preferences. Pending application of the
net proceeds described above, the Company intends to invest the net proceeds  of
this Offering in short-term, interest-bearing, investment-grade securities.
 
                                DIVIDEND POLICY
 
    The  Company has  never declared  or paid any  cash dividends  on its Common
Stock. The Company currently  intends to retain any  future earnings for use  in
developing its business and does not anticipate paying any cash dividends on its
Common Stock in the foreseeable future.
 
                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
    The  following table sets forth the Company's capitalization as of March 30,
1996, giving  retroactive effect  to the  authorization of  1,000,000 shares  of
Preferred  Stock and  as adjusted to  give effect  to the sale  of the 1,200,000
shares of Common Stock being offered by the Company at an assumed offering price
of $6.50 per share and the application of the estimated net proceeds therefrom.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                            MARCH 30, 1996
                                                                                    ------------------------------
                                                                                      ACTUAL(1)      AS ADJUSTED
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
<S>                                                                                 <C>             <C>
Long-term debt....................................................................  $     --        $     --
Shareholders' equity:
  Preferred Stock, no specified par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; no shares
   issued and outstanding.........................................................        --              --
  Common Stock, no par value, 15,000,000 shares authorized, 3,629,713 shares
   issued and outstanding, and 4,829,713 shares issued and outstanding, as
   adjusted(2)....................................................................      15,522,238      22,422,238
  Accumulated deficit.............................................................     (10,866,572)    (10,866,572)
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
    Total shareholders' equity....................................................       4,655,666      11,555,666
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
      Total capitalization........................................................  $    4,655,666  $   11,555,666
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
                                                                                    --------------  --------------
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------------------
 
(1) Derived from  the Company's unaudited  financial statements. See  "Financial
    Statements."
 
(2)  Does not  include, as of  March 30,  1996 (i) 135,567  shares issuable upon
    exercise of stock options held by executive officers and other employees  of
    the   Company,   (ii)  120,000   shares  issuable   upon  exercise   of  the
    Representative's Warrant, and (iii) 5,000  shares issuable upon exercise  of
    warrants held by Deluxe.
 
                                       8
<PAGE>
                                    DILUTION
 
    The  net  tangible  book value  of  the Company  as  of March  30,  1996 was
$4,622,060 or $1.27 per share. Net tangible book value per share represents  the
total amount of the Company's tangible assets reduced by the amount of its total
liabilities  and divided  by the number  of shares of  Common Stock outstanding.
After giving effect to the sale by the Company of the 1,200,000 shares of Common
Stock offered hereby  (after deducting the  underwriting discount and  estimated
offering expenses payable by the Company) at an initial public offering price of
$6.50  per  share, and  without taking  into  account any  other changes  in net
tangible book value after March 30, 1996, the pro forma net tangible book  value
of the Company at March 30, 1996 would have been $11,522,060 or $2.39 per share.
This  represents an immediate increase  in net tangible book  value of $1.12 per
share to the Company's  existing shareholders and an  immediate dilution in  net
tangible  book value of  $4.11 per share  to new investors.  The following table
illustrates this per share dilution:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                           <C>        <C>
Assumed public offering price per share.....................             $    6.50
    Net tangible book value per share at March 30, 1996.....  $    1.27
    Increase per share attributable to new investors........       1.12
                                                              ---------
Pro forma net tangible book value per share after this
 Offering...................................................                  2.39
                                                                         ---------
Dilution per share to new investors.........................             $    4.11
                                                                         ---------
                                                                         ---------
</TABLE>
 
    The following table summarizes as of March 30, 1996, the differences in  the
total  consideration paid and the  average price per share  paid by the existing
shareholders and  the new  investors with  respect to  the 1,200,000  shares  of
Common  Stock to be issued  by the Company. The  calculations in this table with
respect to  shares of  Common Stock  to be  purchased by  new investors  in  the
Offering reflect an assumed Price to Public of $6.50 per share (before deducting
the  underwriting  discount  and  estimated  offering  expenses  payable  by the
Company):
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                         SHARES PURCHASED         TOTAL CONSIDERATION
                                      -----------------------  --------------------------   AVERAGE PRICE
                                        NUMBER      PERCENT       AMOUNT        PERCENT       PER SHARE
                                      ----------  -----------  -------------  -----------  ---------------
<S>                                   <C>         <C>          <C>            <C>          <C>
Existing shareholders(1)............   3,629,713      75.15%   $  15,522,238      66.56%      $    4.28
New investors(1)....................   1,200,000      24.85%       7,800,000      33.44%      $    6.50
                                      ----------  -----------  -------------  -----------
    Total...........................   4,829,713     100.00%   $  23,322,238     100.00%
                                      ----------  -----------  -------------  -----------
                                      ----------  -----------  -------------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------------------
 
(1) Sales by the Selling Shareholders in this Offering will reduce the number of
    shares held by existing  shareholders to 3,229,713 shares,  or 66.9% of  the
    total number of shares of Common Stock to be outstanding after the Offering,
    and  will increase the number  of shares held by  new investors to 1,600,000
    shares, or  33.1% of  the  total number  of shares  of  Common Stock  to  be
    outstanding after the Offering.
 
    The  computations in  the tables  above exclude,  as of  March 30,  1996, an
aggregate of 140,567 shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding stock  options
and  warrants at a weighted average exercise price  of $3.00 per share and up to
120,000 shares of Common  Stock issuable upon  exercise of the  Representative's
Warrant. See "Description of Capital Stock" and "Underwriting."
 
                                       9
<PAGE>
                            SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
    The  following selected financial data as of December 31 and for each of the
five years in  the period  ended December  31, 1995  has been  derived from  the
financial statements of the Company which have been audited by Deloitte & Touche
LLP,  independent  auditors,  whose report  on  the financial  statements  as of
December 31, 1995 and 1994 and for each  of the three years in the period  ended
December 31, 1995 appears elsewhere in this Prospectus. The financial data as of
March 30, 1996 and for the three month periods ended March 30, 1996 and April 1,
1995  has been  derived from the  Company's unaudited  financial statements. The
unaudited financial  statements  reflect,  in the  opinion  of  management,  all
adjustments  (consisting solely of normal recurring adjustments) necessary for a
fair presentation of  the Company's  financial position  as of  these dates  and
results  of  operations for  such  periods. The  results  of operations  for any
interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected  for
the  entire  year.  See  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial
Condition and Results of Operations" and "Financial Statements."
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                      ----------------------                     YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                      MARCH 30,    APRIL 1,   -------------------------------------------------------------
                                         1996        1995        1995        1994        1993         1992         1991
                                      ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                   <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
Revenues from non affiliates........  $1,125,959  $1,005,934  $4,889,761  $3,775,958  $ 4,348,484  $ 8,059,260  $ 9,012,735
Revenues from affiliates(1).........     706,054     801,689   3,498,387   2,850,967    2,948,000    2,600,734    5,272,575
                                      ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Total revenues......................   1,832,013   1,807,623   8,388,148   6,626,925    7,296,484   10,659,994   14,285,310
Cost of revenues....................   1,110,046   1,000,871   5,003,956   4,102,401    5,344,519    8,234,092    8,907,147
                                      ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Gross margin........................     721,967     806,752   3,384,192   2,524,524    1,951,965    2,425,902    5,378,163
Research and development expenses...     178,941     205,778     757,131     956,807    1,314,355    1,913,431    1,829,219
Selling, general and administrative
 expenses...........................     238,471     270,869   1,072,878     945,533    1,851,507    3,022,684    3,394,216
                                      ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Income (loss) from operations.......     304,555     330,105   1,554,183     622,184   (1,213,897)  (2,510,213)     154,728
Other income (expense), net.........      32,843       8,378     261,742      22,918       10,299      (31,214)     (47,651)
                                      ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Income (loss) before income taxes
 and extraordinary income...........     337,398     338,483   1,815,925     645,102   (1,203,598)  (2,541,427)     107,077
Income taxes........................       6,500      12,000      22,500       2,000        1,109        2,175        4,000
                                      ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Income (loss) before extraordinary
 item...............................     330,898     326,483   1,793,425     643,102   (1,204,707)  (2,543,602)     103,077
Extraordinary income(2).............      --          --          --         140,927      --           --           --
                                      ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Net income (loss)...................  $  330,898  $  326,483  $1,793,425  $  784,029  $(1,204,707) $(2,543,602) $   103,077
                                      ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                      ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Net income (loss) per common and
 common equivalent share(3):
  Income (loss) before extraordinary
   item.............................  $      .09  $      .09  $      .48  $      .17  $      (.33) $      (.84) $       .03
                                      ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                      ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
  Net income (loss)(2)..............  $      .09  $      .09  $      .48  $      .21  $      (.33) $      (.84) $       .03
                                      ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                      ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Weighted average common and common
 equivalent shares outstanding(3)...   3,705,403   3,705,627   3,705,627   3,685,580    3,635,226    3,025,699    3,000,390
                                      ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                      ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                        DECEMBER 31,
                                         MARCH 30,    APRIL 1,   ----------------------------------------------------------
                                            1996        1995        1995        1994        1993        1992        1991
                                         ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------
<S>                                      <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
Cash and cash equivalents..............  $2,795,856  $  626,267  $2,568,852  $  860,668  $1,288,821  $  561,655  $   98,551
Current assets.........................   5,232,381   3,464,348   5,087,328   3,255,959   4,371,149   4,826,294   5,620,695
Working capital........................   4,491,641   2,643,532   4,151,595   2,292,562   1,441,554   2,544,209   2,173,719
Total assets...........................   5,396,406   3,669,342   5,252,401   3,476,928   4,633,747   5,180,631   6,097,071
Shareholders' equity...................   4,655,666   2,848,526   4,316,668   2,513,531   1,704,152   2,898,546   2,650,095
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------------------
 
   
(1) All  but an  immaterial  portion of  revenues  from affiliates  consists  of
    revenues from sales to Deluxe Corporation.
    
 
   
(2)  During  1994  the  Company recognized  an  extraordinary  gain  of $140,927
    resulting from the extinguishment of debt. The income per common and  common
    equivalent share attributable to such extraordinary gain was $.04.
    
 
   
(3) See Note 1 to Financial Statements as to method of calculation.
    
 
                                       10
<PAGE>
                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
OVERVIEW
   
    Printware  designs,  builds  and  markets  Computer-to-Plate  systems  which
provide faster,  less  expensive  production  of  offset  printing  plates.  The
Company's  products,  called Platesetters,  make  printing plates  directly from
computer data, primarily  for high-volume  printing. In 1988  the Company  began
selling  its first  Platesetter, the  Model 1440  electrostatic Platesetter. The
Company also sold laser  printers and film imagers.  In 1993 Printware began  to
focus exclusively on Computer-to-Plate products and phased out its manufacturing
of  laser printers and film imagers. Phasing  out of these lower margin products
resulted in a reduction in total revenues in 1993 and 1994. Revenues from  laser
printers  and film imagers declined from  approximately $3.40 million in 1992 to
approximately $65,000 for 1995. The phase out of laser printers and film imagers
also resulted in an  improvement in profitability  in 1994 and  1995 due to  the
higher  margins provided  by Computer-to-Plate  products and  lower research and
development and sales and marketing  expenditures. Prototype shipments of a  new
photographic  Platesetter, the Model 3240, began  in late 1993. First deliveries
of the production version were made in 1995.
    
 
    Revenues are generated  from the sale  of Printware's Model  1440 and  Model
3240 Platesetters, as well as from the sale of consumable supplies for the Model
1440. Sales of photographic Platesetters have increased rapidly since production
began  in  1994.  The  Company anticipates  that  future  sales  of photographic
Platesetters will grow  faster than sales  of electrostatic Platesetters.  There
can be no assurance, however, that this growth will continue.
 
    Sales  of supplies used  in Model 1440  Platesetters comprised approximately
55% of the Company's 1995 revenues.  In addition to equipment and supplies,  the
Company  separately charges for installation, training, service and spare parts.
Company technicians  provide  telephone  support as  well  as  on-site  service.
Printware  also  trains  its  customers'  technicians  for  self-sufficiency and
maintains a significant  spare-parts inventory  to support  its installed  base.
Revenues  related to installation, training and  support are recognized when the
services are performed.  Printware has  contracts with  many of  its Model  1440
customers  to  provide preventive  and  emergency maintenance.  Such maintenance
contracts generally  have a  one-year term.  Telephone and  on-site support  are
billed  per incident for customers without support contracts. Printware provides
a 90-day warranty on its products, which may be extended to up to one year based
on additional customer supplies purchases.
 
   
    The Company's largest customer, accounting for  41.7% and 43.0% of 1995  and
1994 revenues, is Deluxe, to whom the Company sells both equipment and supplies.
Revenues  from sales to Deluxe  constitute all but an  immaterial portion of the
revenues from affiliates referred to in the Company's financial statements.  The
breakdown  of affiliate  revenues in  1995 was  approximately 10%  from sales of
equipment, 76%  from supplies  and  14% from  other sales  (principally  spares,
repairs  and research and  development). The breakdown  of affiliate revenues in
1994 was approximately 26% from equipment, 60% from supplies and 14% from  other
sales.  Supplies  revenues are  more  recurring and  predictable  than equipment
revenues, and the Company has entered into an agreement with Deluxe under  which
Deluxe  has agreed to purchase  a minimum annual amount  of paper printing plate
material for  each of  1995, 1996  and 1997  at a  fixed price.  This  agreement
resulted  in an  increase in  the Company's  supplies sales  to Deluxe  in 1995,
compared to prior years,  and the Company does  not anticipate any reduction  in
revenues  from supplies sold to Deluxe in 1996 and 1997. Revenues from equipment
sales to  end-user  customers  tend  to be  more  variable  than  revenues  from
supplies.  The Company  has not sold  any Platesetter equipment  to Deluxe since
September 1995. Deluxe is under no contractual obligation to continue purchasing
equipment from the Company and  the Company does not know  of any plans for  new
equipment orders by Deluxe. See "Certain Transactions."
    
 
   
    Deluxe  has recently announced a  major consolidation program concerning its
entire operations  and  specifically  the  operations  that  utilize  the  paper
printing  plate  materials  that it  purchases  from Printware.  Deluxe  has not
indicated to the Company that it intends to reduce the amount of printing  which
uses  the paper printing plate material supplied by the Company, and the Company
believes that  Deluxe's consolidation  program will  not materially  affect  the
Company's  revenues from paper printing plate materials to Deluxe until at least
the end  of  1997. See  "Business  -- Customers  --  Revenues from  Deluxe"  and
"Certain Transactions."
    
 
                                       11
<PAGE>
    Research  and  development efforts  are focused  on enhancing  and improving
existing  products  and  supplies  and  developing  new  Platesetter   versions.
Management  estimates that  87% of product  (non-service) revenues  in 1995 were
from products  introduced within  the  prior three  years. Future  research  and
development  expenses  are expected  to increase  as a  result of  the Company's
strategy to broaden its Platesetter line. There can be no assurance, however, of
attaining revenues from this effort.
 
    Printware believes its selling expenses are relatively low compared to other
companies in similar industries. Printware's  two largest customers, Deluxe  and
Mitsubishi,  are house accounts and no commissions are paid on those sales. Most
of Printware's  selling  expenses  are  related to  the  direct  selling  effort
associated  with  the Model  1440 Platesetter  product  line. These  efforts are
currently aimed  at  high-volume  printers  in printing  niches  such  as  check
printing, social printing, technical/legal publishing, and newspapers, which the
Company has found can best utilize the product. The Company reaches these niches
with  targeted marketing  approaches such  as trade  shows, direct  mailings and
sales calls. Consistent  with this  targeted approach, there  is currently  very
little advertising for the Model 1440. Sales and marketing expenses are expected
to  increase considerably  as the Company  attempts to  broaden its distribution
network.
 
    Except for historical information, the matters discussed in this  Prospectus
are  forward looking statements which involve risks and uncertainties, including
but not limited  to economic, competitive,  and technological factors  affecting
the Company's operations, markets, products, services, prices and other factors,
which  may cause actual results to  differ materially from the results discussed
in the forward looking statements.
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
    The following table summarizes the percentage of revenues for various  items
in the Company's Statements of Operations for the periods indicated:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                          THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                      --------------------------                      YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                        MARCH 30,     APRIL 1,    ---------------------------------------------------------------
                                          1996          1995         1995         1994         1993         1992         1991
                                      -------------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
<S>                                   <C>            <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>          <C>
Revenues from non affiliates........        61.5%         55.6%        58.3%        57.0%        59.6%        75.6%        63.1%
Revenues from affiliates............        38.5          44.4         41.7         43.0         40.4         24.4         36.9
                                          ------     -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Total revenues......................       100.0         100.0        100.0        100.0        100.0        100.0        100.0
Cost of revenues....................        60.6          55.4         59.7         61.9         73.2         77.2         62.4
                                          ------     -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Gross margin........................        39.4          44.6         40.3         38.1         26.8         22.8         37.6
Research and development expenses...         9.8          11.4          9.0         14.4         18.0         17.9         12.8
Selling, general and administrative
 expenses...........................        13.0          15.0         12.8         14.3         25.4         28.4         23.8
                                          ------     -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Income (loss) from operations.......        16.6          18.2         18.5          9.4        (16.6)       (23.5)         1.0
Other income (expense), net.........         1.8           0.5          3.1          0.3          0.1         (0.3)        (0.3)
                                          ------     -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Income (loss) before income taxes
 and extraordinary item.............        18.4          18.7         21.6          9.7        (16.5)       (23.8)         0.7
Income taxes........................         0.3           0.6          0.2          0.0          0.0          0.0          0.0
Extraordinary income................       --            --           --             2.1        --           --           --
                                          ------     -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
Net income (loss)...................        18.1%         18.1%        21.4%        11.8%       (16.5)%      (23.8)%        0.7%
                                          ------     -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
                                          ------     -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 30, 1996 COMPARED TO THREE MONTHS ENDED APRIL 1, 1995
 
   
    REVENUES.    First-quarter total  revenues in  1996  were $1.83  million, an
increase of 1% over first-quarter 1995 total revenues of $1.81 million. This was
the sixth  consecutive  quarter  in  which total  revenues  increased  from  the
corresponding  quarter in  the previous year.  Total revenues were  up despite a
decrease in supplies sales. Supplies revenues declined to $900,000 in the  first
quarter of 1996 from $1.06 million in the first quarter of 1995. This was due in
part to several customers who determined that they had excess supplies inventory
and  cut back their purchases in the  first quarter of 1996. Model 3240 revenues
for the 1996 period increased 53% compared to 1995, primarily due to an increase
in unit  sales. Management  expects the  Model 3240  to continue  to provide  an
increasing portion of Printware's revenues in the long term. Model 1440 revenues
also  increased in the first quarter of  1996. Revenues from non affiliates were
up $120,000 due primarily to strong  Model 3240 sales. Revenues from  affiliates
were down $96,000 in the first quarter of
    
 
                                       12
<PAGE>
   
1996  due to unusually strong raster image  processor sales in the first quarter
of 1995  which  did not  recur  in 1996.  Management  expects that,  because  of
anticipated  supplies  revenues  from Deluxe,  anticipated  total  revenues from
affiliates through 1997 will remain at approximately current levels.
    
 
    GROSS MARGIN.  The Company's gross margin was $722,000 in the first  quarter
of  1996 compared to $807,000  in the comparable 1995  period. Gross margin as a
percentage of revenues declined from 45% in the first quarter of 1995 to 39%  in
the  first quarter  of 1996.  The lower margin  in 1996  was due  primarily to a
change in the product mix towards the lower-margin Model 3240 Platesetter.
 
    RESEARCH AND  DEVELOPMENT  EXPENSES.    Research  and  development  expenses
decreased  to $179,000 in the  first quarter of 1996  from $206,000 in the first
quarter of 1995. Although research and development labor expenses were up 10% in
1996, expenses associated with the Model 3240 declined as the product design was
completed.
 
   
    SELLING,  GENERAL  AND  ADMINISTRATIVE  EXPENSES.    Selling,  general   and
administrative  expenses decreased to $238,000 in the first quarter of 1996 from
$271,000  in  the  first  quarter   of  1995.  Selling  expenses  decreased   by
approximately  $10,000 in the first quarter from  1995 to 1996, due primarily to
eliminating the  remaining laser-printer  salesperson  subsequent to  the  first
quarter  of 1995. Legal  expenses in the 1996  period were approximately $15,000
less than in the  1995 period, primarily because  of unusually high expenses  in
the  1995 period associated with a dispute  with A.B. Dick Company. The expenses
on that  matter were  ultimately netted  against the  arbitration award  to  the
Company, which was recognized as other income in the third quarter of 1995.
    
 
    INTEREST,  OTHER INCOME AND INCOME TAXES.  Interest, other income and income
taxes were $26,000 in the 1996 period compared to $4,000 in 1995. The change was
primarily caused by an  increase in net interest  income to $33,000 from  $8,000
due  to higher  cash balances (cash  and short-term cash  investments were $2.80
million at March 30, 1996, compared to  $626,000 at April 1, 1995). Tax  expense
decreased  to $7,000  in 1996  from $12,000 in  1995. Tax  expense is relatively
small because  the  Company  has  net operating  loss  carryforwards  which  are
available   to  offset  against  taxable  income.  The  Company  is  subject  to
alternative minimum taxes, however.
 
    NET INCOME.  Net income for the first quarter of 1996 was $331,000, or  $.09
per  common and common equivalent  share, up from $326,000  or $.09 per share in
1995, as  lower margins  were more  than  offset by  lower expenses  and  higher
interest income.
 
1995 COMPARED TO 1994
 
   
    REVENUES.   Total revenues were  up 27% to $8.39  million in 1995 from $6.63
million in 1994.  Model 3240  revenues increased 192%  compared to  1994 as  the
Model  3240  gained  customer  acceptance.  Model  3240  revenues  accounted for
approximately 20% of the Company's  total revenue in 1995,  up from 9% in  1994.
Laser  printer revenues declined to $65,000 in 1995 from $491,000 in 1994 as the
Company continued to phase out that  product line to focus on  Computer-to-Plate
products.  Non  affiliate revenues  increased by  $1.11 million  due to  a sharp
increase in unit sales  of the Model 3240  Platesetter line. Affiliate  revenues
increased in 1995 over 1994 by $647,000 due largely to increased supplies sales.
    
 
    GROSS  MARGIN.  The Company's gross margin increased 34% to $3.38 million in
1995 from $2.52 million in 1994, primarily as a result of increased revenues and
prices. Gross margin  as a percentage  of revenues improved  slightly to 40%  in
1995  from  38%  in 1994.  The  basic Model  1440  list price  was  increased by
approximately 15%  in 1995,  and  margins on  Model  1440 supplies  and  service
increased  slightly. The  Model 1440  and supplies  gross margin  increases were
partially offset by a change in product mix towards the lower-margin Model 3240.
 
    RESEARCH AND  DEVELOPMENT  EXPENSES.    Research  and  development  expenses
decreased  to $757,000 in  1995 from $957,000 in  1994. Expenses associated with
the Model 3240 declined as the product design was completed. In 1995 the Company
also relied  more on  raster image  processor software  from third  parties  and
de-emphasized continuing development of its own raster image processor software.
 
    SELLING,   GENERAL  AND  ADMINISTRATIVE  EXPENSES.    Selling,  general  and
administrative expenses increased 13% to $1.07 million in 1995 from $946,000  in
1994.    Selling    expenses    decreased    to    $380,000    in    1995   from
 
                                       13
<PAGE>
$447,000 in 1994 as  the Company continued to  focus on efficiently serving  the
target  markets for the Model 1440 Platesetter. In late 1994 the Company reduced
selling expenses by combining domestic,  international and OEM sales  functions.
General  and administrative expenses  remained at approximately  8% of revenues,
increasing to $693,000 in 1995 from $499,000  in 1994. In 1995 the Company  made
investments   to  upgrade  its  computers,  Internet  link,  information  system
databases and voice mail. Employee profit-sharing also began in 1995.
 
    INTEREST, OTHER INCOME  AND INCOME TAXES.   The Company  had $69,000 of  net
interest  income in  1995, compared to  $23,000 in 1994.  The increase coincided
with the Company's cash position increasing significantly due to cash flow  from
operations  (cash and short-term cash investments  increased to $2.57 million at
the end of 1995 from $861,000 at the end of 1994). Other income in 1995 was  due
to   a  $334,000  arbitration  award  for   A.  B.  Dick  Company's  1994  order
cancellation. Out-of-pocket  arbitration  expenses of  $142,000  were  incurred,
resulting in a net gain of $192,000.
 
    NET  INCOME.  The Company had net income of $1.79 million or $.48 per common
and common  equivalent  share in  1995.  1995 net  income  was 21%  of  revenue,
compared  to 12% in 1994. The improvement in profitability came from significant
revenue growth in 1995 and lower operating expenses (operating expenses were 22%
of revenues in 1995 versus 29% in 1994).
 
    For federal  income  tax  purposes,  the  Company  had  net  operating  loss
carryforwards  of approximately  $10.5 million as  of December 31,  1995. If not
used, these carryforwards will  begin to expire in  2001. Under current tax  law
certain  changes in ownership resulting  from the sale or  issuance of stock may
limit the amount of net operating loss carryforwards which can be utilized on an
annual basis. Management  does not believe  that the Offering  will result in  a
change in ownership which will trigger that limitation.
 
1994 COMPARED TO 1993
 
   
    REVENUES.    Total revenues  declined to  $6.63 million  in 1994  from $7.30
million in 1993. Non affiliate  revenues declined $573,000, which was  primarily
due  to reduced sales of laser printers and film imagers caused by the Company's
shift to Computer-to-Plate products. The  decline was partially offset by  sales
of  the Model 3240  Platesetter, which increased  275% from 1993  to account for
approximately 9% of 1994 revenues. Affiliate revenues declined slightly to $2.85
million in  1994 from  $2.95  million in  1993 due  to  a decrease  in  supplies
revenues that was partially offset by an increase in equipment revenues.
    
 
    GROSS  MARGIN.  Despite lower revenues,  gross margin increased 30% to $2.52
million in 1994, from  $1.95 million in  1993. Gross margin  as a percentage  of
revenues  was 38% in 1994 versus 27% in  1993. The higher margin in 1994 was due
to lower costs, a deliberate move away from lower-margin laser printer and  film
imager  products  and higher  prices. Printware  was able  to raise  the average
selling price of a basic  Model 1440 Platesetter by  15% in 1994. Higher  prices
were  possible because models  introduced in that  year, such as  the Model 1440
ZNX, had new features such as  larger plate-size capability and digital  machine
settings.
 
    RESEARCH  AND DEVELOPMENT.  Research  and development expenses decreased 27%
to $957,000  in 1994  from $1.31  million in  1993. This  was primarily  due  to
completing substantial portions of the Model 3240 product development in 1994.
 
    SELLING,   GENERAL  AND  ADMINISTRATIVE  EXPENSES.    Selling,  general  and
administrative expenses decreased by nearly 50% to $946,000 from $1.85  million.
As  part of  Printware's new mission  to focus  exclusively on Computer-to-Plate
products, direct-selling efforts were targeted  at specific printing niches.  As
part  of that  strategy, in late  1993 the  Company reduced its  sales force and
closed its field sales  offices, centralizing its sales  force in the  Company's
St.  Paul headquarters. These  steps resulted in much  lower selling expenses in
1994 than in the  previous year. Selling expenses  decreased 57% to $447,000  in
1994  from $1.05 million in 1993  (to 7% of revenues in  1994 from 14% in 1993).
General and administrative expenses  decreased to $499,000  (8% of revenues)  in
1994  from  $801,000  (11%  of revenues)  in  1993.  General  and administrative
expenses were high in 1993 due  to reserves recorded for legal disputes  related
to events which occurred in prior years. These disputes were resolved in 1994.
 
    INTEREST,  OTHER INCOME AND  INCOME TAXES.   The Company had  $23,000 in net
interest income in 1994, compared to $10,000 in 1993, as the Company was able to
repay its short-term debt in 1993 with cash flow
 
                                       14
<PAGE>
from operations. Other income  in 1994 came from  a $141,000 extraordinary  gain
from settlement of a debt agreement with Minnesota Technology, Inc. ("MTI"). The
Company issued 5,500 shares of Common Stock to MTI.
 
    NET  INCOME.  The  Company had net  income of $784,000  (12% of revenues) in
1994, compared  to  a  $1.20  million  loss  (17%  of  revenues)  in  1993.  The
improvement in profitability for 1994 came from lower operating expenses (29% of
revenues  in 1994  versus 43% in  1993) and a  higher gross margin  (38% in 1994
versus 27% in 1993). Net income was $.21 per common and common equivalent  share
in 1994, compared to a loss of $.33 per share in 1993.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
   
    Prior  to becoming profitable  in 1994, the  Company financed its operations
through private placements of Common Stock, customer prepayments for merchandise
and short-term borrowings. Beginning  in 1994, the Company  was able to  fulfill
prepayment  obligations  and meet  its working  capital and  capital expenditure
requirements from cash  flow from operations.  During 1995, 1994  and 1993,  the
Company  generated  (used)  cash  of  $1.72  million,  ($377,000),  and $70,000,
respectively, from operating activities. During  the first quarter of 1996,  the
Company's  operating  activities  generated  cash  flow  of  $241,000.  Cash and
short-term cash investments were  $2.80 million at March  30, 1996, compared  to
$2.57  million at December 31, 1995 and $626,000 at April 1, 1995. The Company's
current ratio (current assets to current  liabilities) improved to 7.1 at  March
30,  1996,  compared to  5.4 at  December 31,  1995  and 4.2  at April  1, 1995.
Inventories were $1.62 million at March  30, 1996, compared to $1.73 million  at
December 31, 1995 and $2.12 million at April 1, 1995, due to a continuing effort
to  increase  inventory turnover.  The Company  has recorded  inventory reserves
approximating $550,000  at March  30, 1996  and December  31, 1995  and 1994  to
reduce  the  inventory to  its estimated  net  realizable value.  These reserves
result from the continuous modification and upgrading of the Company's products,
the need to provide repair parts for  its installed base of equipment which  are
no  longer in  current production and  price erosion  for electronic components.
Management estimates that the Company will  need to continue to carry  inventory
which  may  exceed  its  net  realizable  value  in  amounts  approximating  the
historical level of the reserve.
    
 
   
    The Company's liquidity was  such that management elected  not to renew  the
Company's  $1 million bank line of credit,  which expired September 1, 1995. The
Company purchased  property and  equipment of  $15,000, $50,000  and $73,000  in
1995,  1994 and 1993, respectively. The Company purchased property and equipment
of $15,000 during  the first quarter  of 1996. The  Company anticipates  capital
expenditures of approximately $100,000 in the remainder of 1996. The Company has
no  material non-cancelable commitments for the purchase of products or services
other than inventory  purchases in the  normal course of  business. The  Company
believes  that existing cash balances and cash generated from operations will be
sufficient to  finance its  existing operations  through at  least December  31,
1997.
    
 
BACKLOG
 
    The  Company's backlog of customer orders  was approximately $3.0 million as
of both March 30, 1996 and April 1, 1995. All backlog orders are expected to  be
filled within one year. Backlog consists primarily of the portion of supplies on
long-term  contracts  expected to  be shipped  within  one year  and Platesetter
orders. The Platesetter backlog as of March 30, 1996 is expected to be filled by
September 30, 1996, although the Company expects additional orders to be  placed
by that time.
 
RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
 
    In October 1995 the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement of
Financial  Accounting Standards No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation
("SFAS 123"). SFAS 123 requires expanded disclosures of stock-based compensation
arrangements with employees and encourages (but does not require) application of
the fair value recognition provision of SFAS 123 to such arrangements. SFAS  123
is  required  to be  adopted  for reporting  purposes  by the  Company  in 1996.
Companies are permitted, however, to continue to apply APB opinion No. 25, which
recognizes compensation  cost  based  on  the  intrinsic  value  of  the  equity
investment awarded. The Company will continue to apply APB opinion No. 25 to its
stock  based compensation awards to employees and will disclose the required pro
forma effect on net income and earnings per share.
 
                                       15
<PAGE>
                                    BUSINESS
 
GENERAL
 
    Printware designs, builds and markets "Computer-to-Plate" systems which  are
used  by the  offset printing industry  to create printing  plates directly from
computer data. These systems replace the traditional process (see figure  below)
of  typesetting, paste-up, camera work and film processing to produce a printing
plate:
 
                        TRADITIONAL PLATEMAKING PROCESS
 
                                [CHART]
 
Chart:  Drawing  depicting  Traditional  Platemaking  Process  of   typesetting,
        paste-up, camera work and film processing to produce a printing plate.
 
    Computer-to-Plate  technology provides one-step platemaking (including text,
graphics and  photographic halftones)  directly from  computer data,  much as  a
laser  printer  makes  printed pages  directly  from computer  data  (see figure
below):
 
                           COMPUTER-TO-PLATE PROCESS
 
                                    [CHART]
 
Chart:  Drawing depicting Computer-to-Plate  Process in  which a  plate is  made
        directly from computer data.
 
    The key benefits of Computer-to-Plate technology are:
 
    - Lower costs from savings in supplies and labor
 
    - Faster turnaround times
 
    - Fewer pieces of equipment
 
    - Fewer environmental limitations on by-product disposal
 
    Some of the Company's customers have found that Computer-to-Plate technology
can  reduce their  costs for some  printing operations  by up to  50%. The check
printing, social  printing  and  envelope  printing  segments  of  the  printing
industry  have  been  early adopters  of  Computer-to-Plate  technology, largely
because of higher volumes and early computerization.
 
                                       16
<PAGE>
   
    The  key  hardware  element  of  a  Computer-to-Plate  system  is  called  a
Platesetter,  which produces the printing plate  by imaging the computer data on
the physical  plate  material.  The  heart  of  Printware's  Platesetters  is  a
high-resolution  laser marker  system, the  key technology  obtained from  3M in
1985. The system is based on a resonant galvanometer, which management  believes
has  certain performance advantages over conventional systems which use rotating
multifaceted mirrors. The  Company's system  uses a proprietary  method where  a
mirror   mounted   on   a   resonating   torsion   bar,   in   conjunction  with
microprocessor-controlled electronics, precisely controls the laser raster scan.
The method  was first  used in  Printware's laser  printers, then  later in  its
Platesetters.  In 1990 Printware's Model 1440 Platesetter received the InterTech
Technology Award  for  Innovative Excellence  from  the Graphic  Arts  Technical
Foundation. This award is reserved for products judged to have the potential for
a  major impact in  the industry. There  can be no  assurance that the Company's
resonant galvanometer technology  will remain  competitive with  other types  of
laser scanners. The Company is continually monitoring and evaluating advances in
relevant  technologies, such as scanning  mirrors and holographic systems, which
could provide cost or performance advantages.
    
 
    Printware was organized in  1985 and began deliveries  in 1987 of its  first
product,  a high resolution  laser printer. In 1988  Printware began selling its
first  Platesetter,  the   Model  1440   electrostatic  Platesetter.   Printware
subsequently  expanded its product  line with new  Platesetter models, new laser
printers and filmsetters. In 1993, however, Printware began to focus exclusively
on Computer-to-Plate  products and  phased  out its  other product  lines.  This
resulted  in reduced revenues in 1993 and 1994, but a significant improvement in
profitability. During this period Printware  completed development of and  began
to  deliver a new  photographic process (silver-halide)  Platesetter, called the
Model 3240, to serve a  broader range of users. The  Model 3240 is marketed  for
the Company by Mitsubishi under Mitsubishi's brand name.
 
INDUSTRY OVERVIEW
 
    According  to Printing Industries  of America ("PIA"),  a trade association,
there were approximately 52,400 printing firms in the United States in 1995. The
Company believes that most of the printing presses installed at these firms  are
small  format (18" wide or less), one and two color presses, which is the market
segment of the printing industry that the Company serves.
 
    Printers in the United States  are rapidly computerizing. Vantage  Strategic
Marketing,  a  market  research  firm,  estimates that  29%  of  print  jobs now
originate electronically  and that  this will  grow  to 53%  by the  year  2000.
Although   only  a  small  percentage  of  printers  now  use  Computer-to-Plate
technology, this  is expected  to grow  rapidly. A  1995 poll  by PIA  of  6,000
printers  in the United  States and Canada indicated  that approximately 6% were
using  Computer-to-Plate  technology.  According  to  PIA,  this  percentage  is
expected  to grow to  33% by 1997.  State Street Consultants,  a consulting firm
which focuses on the  graphic arts industry,  surveyed 232 in-plant,  commercial
and newspaper printers and found in 1995 that:
 
    - 82%  expect Computer-to-Plate technology to be widely accepted by the year
      2000
 
    - 80% expect to buy a Computer-to-Plate system eventually
 
    - nearly 70% of newspapers expect to shift to Computer-to-Plate technology
 
    Mills-Davis, a consulting firm, in  a study commissioned by the  Association
for  Suppliers of Printing and  Publishing Technologies ("NPES"), predicted that
because of competitive pressure  on printers to  increase efficiency and  reduce
costs,  "Direct-to-Plate will be a boom industry  by 1997 and for the years that
follow." According  to  the NPES  QUARTERLY  ECONOMIC FORECAST  for  the  fourth
quarter  of 1995, much of the  growth in imaging/prepress equipment shipments in
the next two years  will stem from the  purchase of computer-related  equipment,
with only a minor portion attributed to gains in traditional prepress equipment.
A  1995 study by Professor Frank Romano of the Rochester Institute of Technology
estimates that  Platesetter  equipment sales  will  exceed $2  billion  for  the
six-year period between 1995 and the year 2000.
 
CUSTOMERS
 
   
    OVERVIEW.   The  Company has  sold over 300  Platesetters to  date, which it
believes, based  on  trade  journal  reports, is  more  than  any  other  single
competitor.    Printware's    customers    include   a    number    of   leading
    
 
                                       17
<PAGE>
printers, such  as  Deluxe,  Pitney Bowes,  Thomson  Publishing,  Liberty  Check
Printers and Northrop-Grumman. Most of the Company's large customers have one or
two year contracts for service and supplies. Sales to Deluxe accounted for $3.50
million  and  $2.85 million  of revenue  in 1995  and 1994,  respectively, which
constituted 41.7% and  43.0% of 1995  and 1994 revenue,  respectively. Sales  to
Mitsubishi, principally of the Model 3240 which it markets for the Company under
Mitsubishi's  brand name, accounted for $1.46 million and $140,000 of revenue in
1995 and 1994, respectively, which constituted  17.5% and 2.1% of 1995 and  1994
revenue,  respectively. The  loss of  Deluxe or Mitsubishi  as a  customer, or a
substantial reduction in their purchases,  would have a material adverse  effect
on the Company. The Company provides a majority of the Platesetter supplies used
by  Deluxe under  a multi-year  contract that  expires at  the end  of 1997. See
"Certain Transactions."
 
   
    REVENUES FROM  DELUXE.   The  Company sells  both equipment  and  consumable
supplies  to Deluxe. In 1994 the Company  entered into a purchase agreement with
Deluxe under which  Deluxe has  agreed to purchase  from the  Company a  minimum
annual  amount of this plate material for each of 1995, 1996 and 1997 at a fixed
price. The 1994 agreement resulted in increased sales of paper plate material by
the Company to Deluxe in 1995, and the Company does not expect any reduction  in
such  revenues  in 1996  and 1997.  Deluxe also  purchases paper  printing plate
material for the Model 1440 from other suppliers.
    
 
   
    During the  period from  1991 to  1995 the  Company sold  to Deluxe  various
Platesetters,  film imagers  and other  equipment under  certain development and
purchase order contracts.  The Company  has no current  commitments from  Deluxe
under  these equipment contracts, except for an order to retrofit certain Deluxe
equipment with the results of a software research and development contract  from
Deluxe which the Company is performing. See "Certain Transactions."
    
 
BUSINESS STRATEGY
    Printware's  strategic  plan is  to continue  to focus  on Computer-to-Plate
products and pursue these specific strategies:
 
    COVER A BROAD RANGE OF MAINSTREAM PRINTING.   In the past several years  the
Company  has focused  on providing  a broad  Computer-to-Plate product  line for
"mainstream" printing,  which management  believes currently  accounts for  most
printing.  The Company  has no plans  to pursue  "high-end" Platesetter business
geared toward  magazine-quality  color  printing  (above  2,400  dots  per  inch
resolution) or large presses over 18" wide.
 
    CUSTOMER  DRIVEN INNOVATION.   The  Company's product  strategy is primarily
driven by customer  requirements, rather than  technology. The Company  believes
that  this  strategy  will  allow  it to  bring  products  and  services  to the
marketplace with the best chance of  success. The Company endeavors to have  all
areas  of the Company maintain a close relationship with current and prospective
customers.
 
    INCREMENTAL INNOVATION FROM  CORE PRODUCTS.   Printware's  philosophy is  to
develop  new products from modules and  technologies that are already available,
either within Printware or  from third parties. The  Company believes that  this
philosophy  will allow the Company to broaden its product line without excessive
research and development expenses or inordinate technical risks.
 
    MAINTAIN EXCEPTIONAL  QUALITY.   The  Company  believes that  its  customers
demand  near-perfect  quality, and  that quality  demands  will increase  in the
future. The Company maintains  a detailed problem  reporting system and  devotes
considerable engineering resources to improving designs and promptly eliminating
problems.  The Company  has improved and  broadened its  incoming inspection and
vendor quality efforts.  Especially in  the area  of supplies,  the Company  has
tightened its specifications in response to customer requirements and instituted
more  rigorous  testing programs.  Management believes  that these  efforts have
resulted in significant quality improvements in recent years.
 
PRODUCTS
   
    The Company makes two lines of Platesetters, the Model 3240 Platesetter line
for digital photographic  (silver-halide) plates  and the Model  1440 family  of
digital  electrostatic Platesetters. Photograhic  Platesetters use silver-halide
based chemistry  in which  the plate  is chemically  developed and  fixed  after
exposure.  Electrostatic Platesetters use a process  where toner is fused onto a
plate in  the  image areas.  The  Company  also sells  service  and  proprietary
supplies (primarily digital plate material for the Model 1440 product line).
    
 
                                       18
<PAGE>
    MODEL 3240 PLATESETTER.  This versatile product uses commodity silver-halide
plate material for a wide range of printing applications. The product is sold by
Mitsubishi  under  its brand  name internationally  and through  several leading
domestic graphic arts dealers, giving it  broad market coverage. The Model  3240
is  approximately 3' wide by 4' high by  4' long, and consists of two integrated
modules: an  imager module,  where a  laser "writes"  the digital  image on  the
plate;  and a processor module, where the  plate is developed and fixed, similar
to conventional photography.  It has  a liquid-crystal operator  panel to  enter
machine  settings and for checking machine status.  The Model 3240 has input and
output cassettes for  rolls of plate  material. Imaged plates  exit the  machine
into a tray already dried, cut to size and press-ready.
 
    MODEL  1440  PLATESETTER.   This  product  line  has three  models:  one for
economical paper-based plates; another for durable metal plates; and a third for
either paper  or  metal. The  Model  1440 serves  niche  markets such  as  check
printing, social printing and envelope printing. It is sold by the Company's own
sales  force, which has expertise in  the specialized applications served by the
Model 1440. The Model  1440 is approximately 3'  wide by 1 1/2'  high by 2  1/2'
deep,  and has liquid crystal operator panels  to enter machine settings and for
checking machine status. The units have an area to load a roll of plate material
stock, or in the case of the  metal plate version, a plate sheet feeder.  Imaged
plates  exit the machine  into a tray or  into optional post-processing modules.
The Company sells in-line  plate handling modules  for fully automated  systems.
Optional  equipment includes plate converters  for paper plates, plate decoaters
for metal plates and plate sheet feeders for metal plates.
 
    The Model 3240 resolution is 3,240 thousand dots per square inch (1,800 dots
per inch), which is suitable for  high quality color and photographs. The  Model
1440  resolution is 1,440  thousand dots per  square inch (1,200  dpi), which is
suitable for text, graphics and medium-quality photographs. The imaging speed of
the Model 3240  is up to  36 inches  per minute, and  for the Model  1440 is  40
inches  per minute. Based on independent surveys conducted by THE SEYBOLD REPORT
ON PUBLISHING  SYSTEMS ("THE  SEYBOLD REPORT"),  a trade  journal, in  1995  and
PrintCom  Consulting Group in  1996, the Company believes  that its products are
among the fastest Platesetters available.
 
    End-user pricing  is $85,000  to $100,000  for Model  3240 Platesetters  and
$75,000 to $150,000 for Model 1440 Platesetters, depending on the specific model
and  configuration.  The Company  also  provides consulting  services, software,
support and training for the Model 1440. The Company has been able to raise  the
list  prices of  Model 1440  units by more  than 50%  since 1993  because of the
unique value it provides in certain applications.
 
    RASTER  IMAGE  PROCESSORS   (RIPS).    Printware   sells  RIPs  to   connect
Platesetters to the customer's computer network and convert computer data to the
digital  images which appear on the printing plate. The Company's RIPs are fully
compatible with  the  industry-standard  PostScript language  and  most  popular
networks.  The  Company  has  two  RIP models,  the  economical  ZipRip  and the
high-speed ZAPrip.
 
    SUPPLIES.  Printware specifies,  tests and markets  supplies for Model  1440
Platesetters.  These supplies  consist mostly  of digital  laser sensitive plate
material used in  the Platesetter. The  Company also sells  a paper-based  plate
material  for cost-sensitive  applications and an  aluminum-based plate material
for longer-run printing. Approximately 90% of the Company's supplies revenue  is
from  plate materials, but other supplies  sold by the Company include developer
(toner), conversion  solution, press  fountain solution,  dispersant,  decoating
solution and plate gum.
 
    The   Company  believes   that  its   metal  printing   plates  have  unique
environmental advantages over other metal printing plates. Tests conducted by an
engineering consulting  firm  concluded  that by-products  from  processing  the
Company's plates can be disposed of without special treatment. Printware's paper
and  metal printing plates are both recyclable  and contain no heavy metals such
as silver. The Company knows of no other digital plates that can be recycled  as
easily  as its plates. The Company believes that the environmental advantages of
its plates will become increasingly important to printers.
 
    Printware's current  generation of  paper  plate material,  called  Platinum
grade, was introduced in 1995. This plate material uses a zinc-oxide coating and
a  triple  plastic-coated  paper  base stock.  The  Company  believes  that this
plasticized stock  provides  more stability  and  consistency than  other  paper
plates. The plates
 
                                       19
<PAGE>
can  be used  for run lengths  of up  to 5,000 impressions,  handling work which
would otherwise require more expensive  metal or silver-halide plates.  Platinum
plate  material comes in 425-foot  rolls in various widths  up to 16 inches. The
plates are cut  to exact length  by the Platesetter.  The Company believes  that
paper-based  printing plates used in Printware  Platesetters are the lowest cost
digital plates available.
 
   
    PRODUCT WARRANTY.   The Company provides  a 90-day limited  warranty on  its
Platesetters  under which  the Company  will provide  repair or  replacement for
defects in materials  or workmanship.  On Platesetters sold  by Mitsubishi,  the
warranty  covers 90 days  from first installation,  up to a  maximum of 180 days
from shipment  by the  Company. Mitsubishi  also has  the right  to purchase  an
extended  warranty for Model  3240 Platesetters it markets.  For the Model 1440,
the Company  offers parts  under  warranty if  the customer  purchases  supplies
exclusively from Printware for the first year after the Model 1440 is purchased,
or if the customer enters into an extended term agreement to purchase supplies.
    
 
   
    The Company provides a one-year limited warranty on plate materials and most
of  the related  chemical supplies  for the  Model 1440.  This warranty provides
replacement of any defective material returned to the Company. To the extent the
Company experiences warranty claims related to the sale of consumable  supplies,
the  Company has  generally received replacement  supplies or a  credit from the
Company's vendor. The  warranty claims  made to the  Company to  date have  been
minimal for both Platesetters and supplies.
    
 
MARKETING
 
    Printware   has  separate   marketing  strategies  for   its  two  different
Platesetter lines. The Model 3240 Platesetter is sold by Mitsubishi, Printware's
marketing partner, who  sells the Model  3240 to customers  directly or  through
graphic  arts dealers. The  Company has retained  the right to  market the Model
3240 directly or through other marketing  partners. The Model 1440 line is  sold
directly  by Printware's own sales force, which has expertise in the specialized
applications served by the Model 1440.
 
   
    Through  its  original  equipment  manufacturer  ("OEM")  partnership   with
Mitsubishi,  the Company is  enjoying much broader  product exposure. Mitsubishi
began a significant  advertising campaign in  late 1994 to  introduce the  Model
3240  and explain its benefits. Advertisements have been placed in several trade
publications,  including  AMERICAN  PRINTER,   INPLANT  GRAPHICS  and   PRINTING
IMPRESSIONS.  In 1995 the Model 3240 was  introduced at tradeshows in the U. S.,
Canada, Europe and  Japan by Mitsubishi.  Pitman Co., the  largest graphic  arts
dealer  in  the country,  and  other dealers  are  exhibiting and  promoting the
product.
    
 
    The Company  believes  that its  OEM  strategy  for the  Model  3240  allows
Mitsubishi  to add value,  such as brand  awareness, promotion, distribution and
service. Mitsubishi also couples the sale of  the Model 3240 to the sale of  its
plate  material supplies.  The Company believes  that Mitsubishi  is the world's
leading supplier of photographic plate material. The Company has been  satisfied
with  the results of the  Mitsubishi partnership, but there  can be no assurance
that the relationship will continue or that the business level will continue  to
grow.  Currently the supplies marketed  by Mitsubishi for the  Model 3240 do not
materially affect the Company's sales of supplies for the Model 1440.
 
    The Company's goal is to  significantly expand distribution of its  products
in  order to reach a broader  customer base. Management envisions this expansion
taking place gradually as the Computer-to-Plate market grows. The Company  plans
to use a portion of the net proceeds of this Offering to expand its distribution
by  hiring additional sales  and marketing personnel,  expanding advertising and
attending trade shows.
 
RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
 
    Printware has  research  and development  programs  underway or  planned  to
develop   higher   performance   RIPs,   faster   Platesetters   and  lower-cost
Platesetters. The Company believes that these programs are necessary to maintain
its competitive advantage and that  the technology to accomplish these  programs
is  already developed.  The Company  plans to  continue to  make use  of outside
suppliers as part of these development  efforts. No assurance can be given  that
any of these programs will be successful in producing revenue for the Company.
 
    HIGHER-PERFORMANCE RIPS.  The Company is developing a next-generation raster
image  processor using  the current industry  standard Adobe  Level 2 PostScript
software interface. Products using this interface are
 
                                       20
<PAGE>
intended to  be  available  in  1996, and  will  allow  Printware  equipment  to
integrate  more easily with a  wider range of computer  and network systems. The
Company believes that offering the widely-accepted Adobe software interface will
improve the market acceptance of the Company's products. In addition,  Printware
plans  to improve  the speed of  its RIPs with  higher-speed microprocessors and
other higher speed components.
 
    FASTER PLATESETTERS.  Based on independent surveys conducted by THE  SEYBOLD
REPORT  in 1995 and PrintCom Consulting Group in 1996, the Company believes that
its Platesetters are among the fastest in  the industry, with a top speed of  40
inches  per minute. The Company plans to maintain and extend its speed advantage
by developing a next generation of even faster Platesetters. Through changes  in
the  laser marker system, the Company believes  it can increase the speed of its
Platesetters by up to 50%. If this can be accomplished, the Company believes  it
will  provide an important competitive advantage by helping the Company meet the
printing industry's ever-increasing productivity demands.
 
    LOWER-COST PLATESETTERS.  Printware plans  to develop a Platesetter with  an
end-user price in the $50,000 range, compared to $75,000 for Printware's current
lowest-priced  model. Costs  will be reduced  by scaling down  the maximum plate
width to approximately 13"  and by eliminating certain  features. The 13"  width
would  allow printing of up to two 8 1/2" by 11" pages simultaneously, and would
be compatible with a  large number of  small-format printing presses  (sometimes
called  duplicator presses). Management believes that such a product would allow
customers with  lower plate  volumes  to justify  a Platesetter  purchase,  thus
making  it viable for  smaller printing operations in  segments such as business
forms and technical/legal publishing. Printware had completed the development of
such a product for a former OEM partner (A. B. Dick Company) in 1994. A. B. Dick
canceled its orders  for the  product, but the  Company believes  parts of  that
design  can be used in the new  product. A current customer has expressed strong
interest in such  a product, although  pricing and other  supply terms have  not
been  agreed to, and there  is no assurance that  an acceptable supply agreement
can be reached with the customer.
 
    In addition  to new  products, the  Company is  committed to  the  continual
improvement  of its existing products. Based  on the results of rigorous quality
audits, the  Company  believes that  Model  3240 product  quality  has  improved
steadily since its introduction. The product meets the strenuous quality demands
of  the world  market and  a number of  Model 3240  units have  been exported to
Japan. In 1996 the Company introduced  an enhanced external design of the  Model
3240, which is stronger and has a more rounded look.
 
    In  the long term (three  to five years), the  Company plans to develop more
highly  automated  digital  printing  systems  built  around   Computer-to-Plate
technology.  There can be  no assurance that  such a development  effort will be
successful. The  Company  believes  that  there  is  and  will  continue  to  be
significant competition in this area.
 
COMPETITION
 
    The  growth  in the  Computer-to-Plate  business has  attracted considerable
competition. The Company's competitors and potential competitors are established
companies that  have significantly  greater financial,  technical and  marketing
resources  than  the  Company. There  can  be  no assurance  that  the Company's
competitors will not succeed in developing and marketing products which  perform
better  and are less expensive than the  Company's products, or that will render
the Company's products and technology obsolete or noncompetitive in other  ways.
The  Company divides its  competition into four  categories: other platesetters;
film imagers; enhanced xerographic/laser printers; and supplies competitors.
 
    OTHER PLATESETTERS.  The Company believes, based on surveys reported in  THE
SEYBOLD  REPORT and by the PrintCom Consulting  Group and others, that there are
at least  50  Platesetter  models  currently being  marketed  by  more  than  20
companies. THE SEYBOLD REPORT recently identified the four leaders as Printware,
Gerber  Scientific,  Creo Products  and  the Optronics  division  of Intergraph.
Another company, Presstek, a leader in digital presses, has recently  introduced
Platesetters. THE SEYBOLD REPORT noted that: "...Printware has manufactured more
[Platesetters]  than anyone else, giving it an enviable position in the market."
The Company believes  that it  has a  head start  over Platesetter  competition,
although  there can be  no assurance the  Company will be  able to maintain that
advantage.
 
                                       21
<PAGE>
    All major competitors mentioned  above use metal plates,  and most of  their
Platesetters are relatively expensive ($250,000 to $500,000), as they are geared
towards  the relatively small market for  high-end color printing. Creo Products
serves  large  printers,   such  as  magazine   publishers.  Gerber   Scientific
specializes  in  metal  Platesetters, and  Optronics  focuses  on craft-oriented
printing.
 
    Printware's  products  are  focused  at  mainstream,  smaller  presses   and
mid-range  quality,  which  management  believes  currently  accounts  for  most
printing. The Company believes that this type of printing will continue for  the
foreseeable  future, although there  can be no  assurance that a  shift to large
format presses or higher-quality color  printing might not render the  Company's
products  obsolete. From independent industry  surveys, the Company believes its
Platesetters are unmatched  in cost-effectiveness and  speed. Gerber  Scientific
and Presstek have announced lower cost models, but the Company believes they are
still  more expensive to buy and to  operate than Printware's products. All four
major competitors  use metal  plates, which  are much  more expensive  than  the
Printware's  economical  paper  plates. Presstek  has  introduced  a nonmetallic
version of its plate, but the plate  is still much more costly than  Printware's
paper-based  plates. Printware's latest Platesetter  for paper-based plates, the
Model 1440 ZNX,  costs $75,000,  which the Company  believes is  less than  most
competitive  Platesetters. The Company also believes that Printware Platesetters
have the lowest variable platemaking cost of any digital method.
 
    In addition  to  the metal  Platesetter  competition summarized  above,  the
Company  also faces significant competition from other photographic Platesetters
which use  non-metallic printing  plates.  This competition  could  particularly
affect  the Model  3240 photographic  Platesetter. Management  believes the most
significant  of  these   competitors  include  A.   B.  Dick  Company,   Eskofot
International  and PrePress  Systems. The  Company believes  that its advantages
over those products include higher speed, less plate waste and the reputation of
the Mitsubishi brand name.
 
    FILM IMAGERS.  Digital film imagers  are used in the traditional  multi-step
platemaking   process  being  obviated  by  Platesetters.  Several  film  imager
manufacturers are attempting  to adapt  film imagers to  image plates  directly.
Competitors  in  this  category  include  the  Agfa  division  of  Bayer  Corp.,
Linotype-Hell and  ECRM  Incorporated.  From  discussions  with  customers,  the
Company  believes  that  such  "plate-enabled" film  imagers  represent  a slow,
awkward approach, compared to the Company's Platesetters. The Company's  systems
are  fully  daylight-safe  (no  darkrooms)  and  chemical  processing  steps are
contained,   providing   so-called   "dry-to-dry"   operation.   The   Company's
Platesetters  are faster than  most film imagers and,  unlike film imagers, have
virtually no plate waste.
 
    XEROGRAPHIC/LASER PRINTERS.  Enhanced xerographic/laser printers can replace
offset  printing  in  certain  applications,   but  are  currently  limited   to
lower-quality  applications  such  as overseas  check  printing  and low-quality
business forms. These devices  also have a higher  variable cost per  impression
than   Computer-to-Plate  technology.  Companies  in  this  area  include  Check
Technology  Corporation,  Delphax  Systems  and  Xerox  Corporation.  Management
believes that competitors in this area are making efforts to improve the quality
and reduce the cost of their systems, and there can be no assurance that systems
marketed by the Company will sustain their advantage.
 
    SUPPLIES  COMPETITION.   Printware  has  competitors that  sell  paper plate
supplies for Model 1440  Platesetters. The Company is  not aware of  competition
for  metal plates used in the Model 1440. The most significant competitive paper
plate material  is made  by a  Japanese  paper mill  and sold  through a  U.  S.
distributor.  There have also been several  less significant competitors in this
market from time to  time. Printware has addressed  the competitive threat  with
lower  prices  where  appropriate  and  a program  to  improve  the  quality and
consistency of its supplies. The Company believes that competitive materials are
inferior to  Printware  supplies  in  certain respects,  such  as  strength  and
dimensional  stability, but  not inferior  in other  respects. The  Company also
believes that many of its customers would prefer to purchase their supplies from
Printware as the  manufacturer of  the equipment. The  Company expects  supplies
revenues  to grow  at a  modest rate,  but there  can be  no assurance  that the
Company will be able to maintain its product advantage or that competition might
not adversely affect the profitability or viability of its supplies business.
 
PROPRIETARY RIGHTS
 
    PATENTS AND TRADE SECRETS.  Printware's policy is to attempt to protect  its
technology  by seeking patents, maintaining certain trade secrets and continuing
technological innovation. As of March 30, 1996, the
 
                                       22
<PAGE>
   
Company  had rights to 17 patents, consisting of 11 granted to Printware and six
licensed from 3M.  The 3M patents  expire between 2002  and 2004; the  royalties
which  the Company  paid to  3M in  1995, 1994  and 1993  for licenses  of these
patents were not  material to the  Company. The Company's  own patents begin  to
expire  in 2004. There can  be no assurance that such  patent rights will not be
challenged, rendered  unenforceable,  invalidated or  circumvented.  Efforts  to
enforce patent rights can involve substantial expense and may not be successful.
In addition to patents, the Company relies on trade secrets and other unpatented
proprietary  technology.  Printware  seeks  to  protect  its  trade  secrets and
proprietary  know-how  with  confidentiality   agreements  with  employees   and
suppliers.  There can be  no assurance that the  Company's patent portfolio will
provide a competitive advantage in the future, or that the Company's  agreements
will adequately protect the Company's trade secrets.
    
 
   
    PRODUCT  SUPPLY AGREEMENTS.   In  1995 Printware  obtained the non-exclusive
right to use  Adobe Systems'  software interface  for all  of its  Platesetters.
Adobe  originated  the printing  industry  standard PostScript  language  and is
viewed  as  controlling  its  future  evolution.  The  Company  entered  into  a
development  and license agreement with a  licensee of Adobe to develop software
to utilize the Adobe software with the Model 3240 Platesetter and to supply  the
combined  software  to  Printware  at  defined  prices.  The  Company  also  has
non-exclusive rights for  the ZAPrip for  fixed prices for  an indefinite  term,
fonts  in the ZipRip under a current  license amendment through 1997, and to the
plate processor module under  a sale of technology  and parts supply  agreement.
The Company has the exclusive right to sell the proprietary plate materials made
by  its suppliers. The Company  has a supply agreement  for paper plate material
with the vendor on a  defined price basis and on  an exclusive basis subject  to
minimum  annual  volumes. The  Company has  a supply  agreement for  metal plate
material with the  vendor on a  defined price  and exclusive basis.  All of  the
product  supply agreements to  which the Company  is a party  can be canceled by
either party  under certain  circumstances.  Such cancellation  would  seriously
jeopardize  the Company's ability  to provide products that  are critical to the
Company's revenues.
    
 
SUPPLIERS
 
   
    The Company has a number of  single source suppliers for materials that  are
critical to production of its products. For the Model 1440 and Model 3240, these
single   source  suppliers  provide  spherical  mirrors,  galvanometer  mirrors,
application specific integrated circuits and galvanometer torsion bar  material,
all  of which are supplied to the Company  on a purchase order basis, and ZAPrip
dongles which are supplied  under a supply agreement.  For the supplies sold  by
the  Company for the Model 1440, the single source suppliers provide paper plate
material, metal plate material, paper plate toner and metal plate toner, all  of
which  are supplied to  the Company on  a purchase order  basis. Any significant
interruption of supply from any of  these vendors would have a material  adverse
effect  on the  Company. The Company  has not identified  or qualified alternate
suppliers for the materials now being obtained from single sources.
    
 
MANUFACTURING AND FACILITIES
 
    Printware's manufacturing operation consists  of the assembly,  integration,
testing  and  quality audits  of  equipment. The  Company  purchases all  of its
supplies and many of the hardware  components it uses from third-party  vendors,
some  of which  are single-source  vendors. Printware's  principal manufacturing
areas include laser  markers, transport mechanisms,  electronics/RIPs and  final
assembly/test.  Printware  makes  extensive  use  of  computer-aided  design and
transmits most of its fabricated part drawings to its suppliers  electronically.
The  Company believes that  this use of technology  shortens turnaround time and
improves quality.
 
    Printware's offices and  manufacturing facility  are located  at 1270  Eagan
Industrial  Road, St. Paul,  Minnesota. The Company  occupies 35,410 square feet
pursuant to a lease which expires  July 31, 1998. Management believes that  this
facility will be adequate for Printware's needs at least until the expiration of
the  lease. The lease also has an option to extend for three additional years at
then-existing market rates. Monthly rent expense is currently $7,029, plus a pro
rata share of real estate taxes and common area maintenance.
 
                                       23
<PAGE>
EMPLOYEES
 
    As of March  30, 1996, Printware  had 48 employees,  including 44  full-time
employees  and 4 part-time or contract employees. Of the 44 full-time employees,
17 were in manufacturing,  5 were in marketing,  sales and customer service,  14
were  in  research and  development  and 8  were  in general  and administrative
functions. Management  considers  the  future  success  of  the  Company  to  be
dependent  in  part  upon its  continued  ability to  maintain  a highly-skilled
workforce and to attract, motivate and retain qualified employees.  Accordingly,
Printware  began an employee  profit-sharing plan in  1995. The program provides
payments to each non-officer employee  of up to 3%  of salary, depending on  the
Company's performance against quarterly profit goals. No Printware employees are
covered  by  collective  bargaining  agreements and  the  Company  considers its
relationship with its employees to be good.
 
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
 
    The Company is  involved in various  legal actions in  the normal course  of
business. Management is of the opinion that the outcome of such actions will not
have  a significant effect on the Company's financial position or its results of
operations.
 
                                       24
<PAGE>
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
 
    The executive officers  and directors of  the Company and  their ages as  of
March 30, 1996 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
NAME                               AGE      POSITION WITH COMPANY
- -----------------------------      ---      ----------------------------------------------------------
<S>                            <C>          <C>
Allen L. Taylor, Ph.D.(1)(2)           60   Co-chairman of the Board, Director
Donald V. Mager(2)                     60   Co-chairman of the Board, Director
Daniel A. Baker, Ph.D                  38   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Thomas W. Petschauer                   56   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Joseph F. Dayton                       49   Senior Vice President
Brian D. Shiffman(1)(2)                56   Director, Secretary
Jerry K. Twogood(2)                    55   Director
Charles M. Osborne(1)                  42   Director
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------------------
 
(1) Member of the Audit Committee.
 
(2) Member of the Compensation Committee
 
    ALLEN L. TAYLOR, PH.D. has served as Co-chairman of the Board since February
1993  and prior to that time as Chairman of the Board beginning in May 1985. Dr.
Taylor is a  co-founder of the  Company but has  never been an  employee of  the
Company.   He  has  been   an  employee  of   3M  (a  publicly-held  diversified
manufacturer) for  over 30  years  and was  instrumental  in obtaining  for  the
Company in 1985 a license from 3M for the key galvanometer technology.
 
    DONALD  V. MAGER has served as Co-chairman  of the Board since February 1993
and prior to that time was President, Chief Executive Officer and a director  of
the  Company since  May 1985. Mr.  Mager is  a co-founder of  the Company. Since
February 1993 Mr.  Mager has been  a part-time employee  acting in a  consulting
capacity  and is no longer  active in the day-to-day  management of the Company.
Mr.  Mager's  employment  by  the  Company  will  terminate  on  June  1,  1996.
Previously,  he was employed by Sperry Corporation (a publicly-held manufacturer
of computer  systems)  and its  predecessors  for  30 years,  most  recently  as
Director of New Product Ventures.
 
    DANIEL A. BAKER, PH.D. has served as the Company's President and a member of
its  Board of Directors since February 1993 and as Chief Executive Officer since
January 1995. Dr. Baker joined the Company in
May 1990 as Vice President of Engineering and was later appointed Vice President
of Sales, Marketing and  Product Development. He has  20 years of experience  in
high-tech  industry, and  personally holds  15 patents.  His previous experience
includes  executive   positions  at   Minntech  Corporation   (a   publicly-held
manufacturer  of medical and industrial devices)  and Percom Data Corporation (a
privately-held manufacturer of computer peripherals).
 
    THOMAS W. PETSCHAUER  has served as  a Vice President  of the Company  since
June  1985 and was named Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer in
January 1995. Mr.  Petschauer is a  co-founder of  the Company. He  has over  30
years  of  technical, managerial  and business  experience  in the  computer and
peripheral field. Prior to joining Printware, he was Venture Executive at Sperry
Corporation, where he was employed for over 20 years.
 
    JOSEPH F. DAYTON has served as a Vice President of the Company since October
1986 and was named Senior Vice  President of Manufacturing and Customer  Service
in  January 1995. Prior to October 1986 he was employed by E. F. Johnson Company
(a  publicly-held  manufacturer  of  cellular  radio  systems),  where  he  held
increasingly  responsible executive positions in program management, quality and
manufacturing functions.
 
                                       25
<PAGE>
    BRIAN D. SHIFFMAN has served on  the Board of Directors since the  Company's
incorporation in May 1985. Mr. Shiffman has been Business Development Manager at
Minnesota Project Innovation, Inc. since 1991. Previously, Mr. Shiffman was Vice
President  at  the  Minnesota Cooperation  Office,  as a  loaned  executive from
Control Data Corporation, and was instrumental to the formation of the  Company.
Mr.  Shiffman was employed at Control Data Corporation (a publicly-held computer
systems business) for over 20 years.
 
    JERRY K. TWOGOOD has  served on the Board  of Directors since January  1987.
Mr.  Twogood has  been the Executive  Vice President of  Deluxe (a publicly-held
provider of checks and related electronic-based payment systems) since 1987  and
since  November 1995 has been its President of Manufacturing. He has also been a
member of  the Board  of  Directors of  Deluxe since  1987,  where he  has  been
employed  since 1959.  Deluxe owned  51.3% of  the Company's  outstanding Common
Stock as of March 30, 1996 and is one of the Company's major customers.
 
    CHARLES M. OSBORNE joined the Company's Board of Directors in January  1989.
Mr. Osborne has been Deluxe's Chief Financial Officer since 1984 and Senior Vice
President since 1989. He has been employed by Deluxe since 1981. Previously, Mr.
Osborne  was at Deloitte &  Touche LLP, public accountants.  In 1996 Mr. Osborne
completed a term as President of  the Financial Stationers Association. He  also
serves  on the  board of directors  of Graco Corporation  (a publicly-held paint
sprayer  business)  and  of  Computer  Petroleum  Corporation  (a  publicly-held
provider of market research to the petroleum industry).
 
    In  addition to the above executive  officers and directors, the Company has
certain  other  employees  who  the  Company  believes  are  important  to   its
operations.  These key employees are: RODNEY S. CERAR, age 48, who has been with
the Company since March  1992 and has been  Director of Platesetter  Engineering
since  February 1993  and was previously  employed by  ADC Telecommunications (a
publicly-held manufacturer of telecommunications  equipment) from February  1990
to  November 1991 as  Manager of Manufacturing;  ALEXANDER K. KOSS,  age 37, who
joined the Company  in July 1985  and has been  Director of Product  Development
since  August 1994;  TIMOTHY S.  MURPHY, age  32, who  has been  employed by the
Company since October 1987  and has been Director  of Marketing and Sales  since
August 1994; and CORDELL E. LOMEN, age 50, who has been the Company's Controller
since October 1986.
 
    The  Company's Articles of Incorporation provide that the Board of Directors
may consist of up to 11 members. Currently the Board of Directors has 6 members.
Each director  is  elected to  hold  office until  the  next annual  meeting  of
shareholders.
 
    The Company has not paid any fees to members of its Board of Directors, with
the  exception of  Mr. Shiffman,  who receives $750  per quarter  for serving as
Secretary. Under  the  Company's  1996  Stock Plan,  each  of  the  non-employee
directors  (except for Messrs. Osborne and  Twogood) was automatically granted a
non-qualified stock option  for 1,000  shares of  Common Stock  (at an  exercise
price  of $3.00  per share)  on April  25, 1996  when the  Plan was  approved by
shareholders and will be automatically granted an option for an additional 1,000
shares (at an exercise price equal to  the then fair market value of the  Common
Stock)  upon each election or re-election as  a member of the Board of Directors
(see "Stock Plans" below).
 
    There are no family relationships among  any of the Company's directors  and
executive officers.
 
BOARD OF DIRECTORS COMMITTEES
 
    The Board of Directors has established an Audit Committee and a Compensation
Committee. The Audit Committee consists of Messrs. Osborne, Shiffman and Taylor.
This  committee  will review  the Company's  accounting, auditing  and reporting
practices, make recommendations concerning the work of the Company's independent
auditors  and  review  the  adequacy  of  internal  controls.  The  Compensation
Committee  consists  of  Messrs.  Taylor,  Shiffman,  Twogood  and  Mager.  This
committee  is  responsible   for  establishing  salaries,   bonuses  and   other
compensation for the Company's executive officers, and for the administration of
the  1996 Stock  Plan and  the Employee Stock  Purchase Plan.  See "Stock Plans"
below.
 
                                       26
<PAGE>
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
    The following table shows the  compensation earned for services rendered  in
all  capacities to the Company by the  President and Chief Executive Officer and
the two other most  highly compensated executive officers  of the Company  whose
salary  and bonuses exceeded $100,000 for the  year ended December 31, 1995 (the
"Named Executive Officers"):
 
                      SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE FOR 1995
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           LONG-TERM COMPENSATION
                                                ANNUAL COMPENSATION        ----------------------
                                          -------------------------------              SECURITIES
                                                             OTHER ANNUAL              UNDERLYING    ALL OTHER
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION                SALARY    BONUS   COMPENSATION   AWARDS      OPTIONS     COMPENSATION
- ----------------------------------------  --------  -------  ------------  ---------   ----------   ------------
<S>                                       <C>       <C>      <C>           <C>         <C>          <C>
Daniel A. Baker                           $110,000  $44,814  $      0      $   7,500(1)  11,203(2)     $1,413(3)
 President and CEO
Thomas W. Petschauer                        95,000   38,703         0              0     9,675(2)       1,226(3)
 Executive Vice President and CFO
Joseph F. Dayton                            83,000   33,814         0              0     8,453(2)         956(3)
 Senior Vice President
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------------------
 
(1)  Represents the value of a restricted  stock award of 2,500 shares  approved
     by the Board of Directors.
 
(2)  Consists  of Incentive Stock Options awarded under the Company's 1995 Bonus
     Plan for executive officers (see "Executive Bonus Plan").
 
(3)  Consists of matching  contributions made  under the  Company's 401(k)  Plan
     (see "401(k) Profit Sharing Plan").
 
    None  of the executive officers and directors  of the Company are parties to
any employment or severance agreements, except for a Change in Control Severance
Agreement with Dr. Baker. This agreement provides that in the event of a  change
in  control of  the Company  followed by  termination of  Dr. Baker's employment
within one  year thereafter,  he will  generally receive  a lump  sum  severance
payment equivalent to two years of compensation.
 
    The  following table summarizes option  grants in 1995 to  each of the Named
Executive Officers:
 
                             OPTION GRANTS IN 1995
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                           POTENTIAL REALIZABLE
                                                                                                             VALUE AT ASSUMED
                                                                                                             ANNUAL RATES OF
                                                          INDIVIDUAL GRANTS                                    STOCK PRICE
                             ----------------------------------------------------------------------------    APPRECIATION FOR
                              NUMBER OF SECURITIES     PERCENTAGE OF TOTAL    EXERCISE OR                      OPTION TERM
                               UNDERLYING OPTIONS        OPTIONS GRANTED      BASE PRICE     EXPIRATION    --------------------
                                     GRANTED            EMPLOYEES IN 1995      PER SHARE        DATE         5%(1)     10%(1)
                             -----------------------  ---------------------  -------------  -------------  ---------  ---------
<S>                          <C>                      <C>                    <C>            <C>            <C>        <C>
Daniel A Baker(2)..........             8,000                   34.4%          $    3.00    Jan. 13, 2005  $  15,093  $  38,250
Thomas W. Petschauer(2)....             7,000                   30.0                3.00    Jan. 13, 2005     13,207     33,469
Joseph F. Dayton(2)........             6,250                   26.9                3.00    Jan. 13, 2005     11,792     29,883
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------------------
 
(1)  Represents the  potential net  realizable value  of each  grant of  options
     assuming  that the market price of  the underlying Common Stock appreciates
     in value from its fair market value on the date of grant to the end of  the
     option  term at the indicated annual  rates. As determined by the Company's
     Board of Directors, the fair market value  of the Common Stock on the  date
     of grant of the options described in the table was $3.00 per share.
 
(2)  The options were granted under the 1986 Incentive Stock Option Plan and are
     currently 100% vested.
 
                                       27
<PAGE>
    The  following table  summarizes the value  of options held  at December 31,
1995 by the  Named Executive Officers.  There were no  options exercised by  the
Named Executive Officers during 1995.
 
                             YEAR-END OPTION VALUES
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          NUMBER OF SECURITIES
                                                               UNDERLYING               VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                                                         UNEXERCISED OPTIONS AT       IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS AT
                                                           DECEMBER 31, 1995            DECEMBER 31, 1995(1)
                                                      ----------------------------  ----------------------------
NAME                                                  EXERCISABLE  UNEXERCISABLE(2) EXERCISABLE  UNEXERCISABLE(2)
- ----------------------------------------------------  -----------  ---------------  -----------  ---------------
<S>                                                   <C>          <C>              <C>          <C>
Daniel A. Baker.....................................      18,750         11,203      $  65,625      $  39,211
Thomas W. Petschauer................................      22,125          9,675         77,438         33,863
Joseph F. Dayton....................................      25,700          8,453         89,950         29,586
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------------------
 
(1)  The amounts set forth represent the difference between the assumed Price to
     Public of $6.50 per share and the exercise price of the options, multiplied
     by the applicable number of shares underlying the options.
 
(2)  The   unexercisable  options  were   granted  in  January   1996  for  1995
     performance.
 
STOCK PLANS
 
    1996 STOCK PLAN
 
    The shareholders  approved the  Company's 1996  Stock Plan  (the "Plan")  on
April  25, 1996. The Plan  is administered by the  Compensation Committee of the
Board of Directors  and expires on  April 25,  2006. The Plan  provides for  the
grant  of  incentive stock  options within  the  meaning of  Section 422  of the
Internal Revenue Code  of 1986,  as amended (the  "Code"), to  employees of  the
Company   and  non-qualified  stock  options  and  restricted  stock  awards  to
employees, consultants  and directors  of  the Company.  Options and  awards  of
restricted  stock for up to 500,000 shares  of Common Stock are authorized under
the  Plan.  The  Compensation  Committee  has  broad  discretion  to   prescribe
conditions  (such as the completion  of a period of  employment with the Company
following the grant  of an  option to  an employee)  to be  satisfied before  an
option  becomes exercisable. The Plan also provides for the automatic grant of a
non-qualified stock option for  1,000 shares at 100%  of the fair market  value,
fully  vested  upon  grant, exercisable  for  five years,  to  each non-employee
director upon adoption of the  Plan and upon each  election or re-election as  a
member of the Board of Directors.
 
    The  Company's 1986 Incentive  Stock Option Plan  and the Company's original
Incentive Stock Option  Plan have been  utilized to grant  all of the  Company's
options through March 30, 1996. The original plan expired in June 1995. Although
the  1986 Incentive Stock Option Plan will not terminate until October 1996, the
Company decided not to grant any additional options under this plan after  March
30, 1996.
 
    1996 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
 
    The  Company's 1996 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "Stock Purchase Plan")
was adopted on April  25, 1996 and  provides for the issuance  of up to  100,000
shares  of  Common  Stock.  The  Stock  Purchase  Plan  is  administered  by the
Compensation Committee of the Board  of Directors. With certain exceptions,  all
employees  of the Company who have been employed by the Company for at least six
months and who are employed at least 20 hours per week and at least five  months
per  year, including officers  and directors who are  employees, are eligible to
participate in the  Stock Purchase  Plan. The  Stock Purchase  Plan consists  of
periodic  offerings, with the first  such offering planned to  begin on April 1,
1997. Each  offering  under  the  Stock  Purchase Plan  will  be  for  a  period
determined  by the Compensation Committee of the  Board of Directors, but not to
exceed 27 months. An employee may elect to have up to a maximum of 10%  deducted
from  his or her regular  salary for the purpose  of purchasing shares under the
Stock Purchase Plan. The price at  which the employee's shares are purchased  is
the  lower of (a) 85% of  the closing price of the  Common Stock on the day that
the offering commences or (b)  85% of the closing price  of the Common Stock  on
the day that the offering terminates. No shares have been issued under the Stock
Purchase Plan.
 
                                       28
<PAGE>
401(K) PROFIT SHARING PLAN
 
    The  Company's  401(k)  Profit  Sharing  Plan  (the  "401(k)  Plan")  became
effective August 1, 1994. The 401(k)  Plan is intended to qualify under  Section
401(k)  of the Code. All employees employed  by the Company in the United States
for at least 30 hours per week are eligible to participate in the 401(k) Plan as
of the  next calendar  quarter following  one year  after date  of hire  by  the
Company.  Each  eligible employee  may contribute  to  the 401(k)  Plan, through
payroll deductions,  up  to 15%  of  his or  her  salary, subject  to  statutory
limitations.   The  401(k)  Plan  permits,  but  does  not  require,  additional
contributions to the 401(k) Plan by the Company of up to 2% of the  compensation
paid  by the  Company to  each employee  in the  previous calendar  quarter. The
Company's contributions are made  at the discretion of  the Board of  Directors,
within  the limits of the 401(k) Plan. The Company has made a contribution of 1%
of the  compensation  of each  participating  employee each  quarter  since  the
adoption  of the 401(k) Plan. Under Section 401(k) of the Code, contributions by
employees or  by the  Company  to the  401(k) Plan  and  income earned  on  plan
contributions are not taxable to employees until withdrawn from the 401(k) Plan.
Contributions  by the Company,  if any, will  be deductible by  the Company when
made.
 
EXECUTIVE BONUS PLAN
 
    The Compensation  Committee authorizes  and  approves an  executive  officer
bonus plan ("Bonus Plan") near the beginning of each year based on the Company's
financial plan for the year and based on its view of the overall compensation of
the  executive  officers.  For  1996  the Bonus  Plan  provides  for  a formula-
determined cash payment of up to 52% of the base salary of each of the executive
officers based on the overall  revenues and profit of  the Company in 1996.  The
Compensation  Committee also reserves the right to make additions to the awarded
bonuses based on additional subjective measures of executive officer performance
and achievement. In addition, each executive officer will receive a grant of  an
Incentive  Stock Option  for a  number of shares  of Common  Stock determined by
dividing by  four the  number of  dollars of  Bonus Plan  cash payment  to  each
officer.  These Incentive Stock  Options will be exercisable  at the fair market
value of the Common Stock  on the date of grant,  will be 100% vested after  one
year and will be exercisable for nine years.
 
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
 
    Each   of  the  current  non-employee   directors  is  entitled  to  receive
compensation in the form  of cash for their  services as directors. At  present,
and during the year ended December 31, 1995, no director or executive officer of
the  Company and no member  of the Compensation Committee  is, or was during the
year ended December 31, 1995, a director or compensation committee member of any
other business entity which had a director  that sits on the Company's Board  of
Directors or Compensation Committee.
 
                                       29
<PAGE>
                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
 
    Deluxe owned 51.3% of the Company's outstanding Common Stock as of March 30,
1996 and two of its executive officers (Messrs. Osborne and Twogood) are members
of the Company's Board of Directors. From time to time over the last nine years,
the  Company  has had  agreements with  Deluxe to  develop or  deliver products,
supplies and services  to Deluxe.  Under some  of these  agreements the  Company
received  prepayments  as  a  source  of  financing  in  exchange  for providing
favorable pricing to  Deluxe. The Company  has recorded these  prepayments as  a
deferred  revenue  liability and  no revenue  was  recognized until  the Company
delivered the goods or services to Deluxe.
 
    In February 1991 Deluxe  ordered several units of  a film imager version  of
the  Model 3240  and associated  ZipRip raster  image processors  for a purchase
price and advance payment of $516,000. The Company offered favorable pricing  to
Deluxe due to the Company's desire to receive financing from the advance payment
and the need for Deluxe to wait for completion of the development and subsequent
production  of the units. A  change to the product  resulted in Deluxe paying an
additional $40,000 in  November 1991.  The Company  delivered a  portion of  the
Model  3240 film imagers in 1993. In  August 1994 Deluxe replaced its order with
another order for  the Platesetter version  of the Model  3240. The  replacement
order  was for a  number of Model  3240 Platesetters, ZAPrips  and a film imager
Model 3240, for  an increase  of $155,000 in  the aggregate  price. The  Company
delivered the products for the replacement order in 1995.
 
    In  August 1993 the Company  and Deluxe entered into  a contract that called
for the  Company to  provide  special equipment  to  Deluxe for  $1.59  million.
Approximately  $635,000 of  the contract  amount was paid  as a  down payment in
order to  allow  the  Company  to finance  the  procurement  of  components  and
assemblies  to ensure  their availability  for subsequent  equipment production.
Deluxe later determined not to proceed with the transaction and paid the Company
an additional $45,000.  As a result  of the contract  cancellation, the  Company
wrote  down the  related inventory.  The Company  had no  material gain  or loss
resulting from the contract cancellation and settlement.
 
    Effective in January  1995, the  Company entered  into a  three year  supply
contract  with  Deluxe to  supply  Deluxe with  Model  1440 plate  material. The
contract calls for Deluxe  to purchase a fixed  quantity of plate material  each
year.  In 1995 this contract produced revenues  to the Company of between $2 and
$3 million. The Company believes this contract will produce similar revenues for
the Company in 1996 and 1997.
 
    In February 1996, the Company entered  into an $80,000 contract with  Deluxe
under which the Company is performing software research and development work. In
April  1996 Deluxe placed a $102,000 purchase  order for the Company to retrofit
certain Deluxe equipment to  incorporate the results  of this software  research
and development work.
 
   
    The  Company believes that its agreements  and transactions with Deluxe have
been on terms (taking into account advance payments and delayed delivery  dates)
that are no less favorable to the Company than could have been obtained in arm's
length  transactions  with  an  unaffiliated party.  The  Company's  policy with
respect to future transactions with  affiliates is that where such  transactions
are  material,  approval will  be required  by a  majority of  the disinterested
members of the Company's board of directors.
    
 
                                       30
<PAGE>
                       PRINCIPAL AND SELLING SHAREHOLDERS
 
    The following  table sets  forth  certain information  regarding  beneficial
ownership  of the Company's Common Stock as of March 30, 1996 and as adjusted to
reflect the sale of the  shares offered hereby by (i)  each person known to  the
Company  to beneficially own more  than five percent (5%)  of Common Stock, (ii)
each director, (iii) each  of the Named Executive  Officers, (iv) all  directors
and  executive  officers  of  the  Company  as  a  group  and  (v)  each Selling
Shareholder. Except  as  otherwise indicated  below,  to the  knowledge  of  the
Company,  all shareholders have sole voting and investment power over the shares
beneficially owned, except to  the extent authority is  shared by spouses  under
applicable law.
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      SHARES BENEFICIALLY                   SHARES BENEFICIALLY
                                                        OWNED PRIOR TO                          OWNED AFTER
                                                           OFFERING           SHARES TO          OFFERING
                                                    -----------------------    BE SOLD    -----------------------
NAME                                                  NUMBER      PERCENT    IN OFFERING    NUMBER      PERCENT
- --------------------------------------------------  ----------  -----------  -----------  ----------  -----------
<S>                                                 <C>         <C>          <C>          <C>         <C>
Deluxe Corporation(1) ............................   1,862,290      51.31%      274,600    1,587,690      32.87%
 P.O. Box 64235
 St. Paul, MN 55164-0235
Donald V. Mager(2)(3) ............................     454,862      12.53%       62,300      392,562       8.13%
 c/o Printware, Inc.
 1270 Eagan Industrial Rd.
 St. Paul, MN 55121
Allen L. Taylor(3) ...............................     405,875      11.18%       62,300      343,575       7.11%
 c/o Printware, Inc.
 1270 Eagan Industrial Rd.
 St. Paul, MN 55121
Thomas W. Petschauer(4)...........................      99,823       2.75%            0       99,823       2.07%
Daniel A. Baker(5)................................      28,750          *             0       28,750          *
Joseph F. Dayton(6)...............................      25,800          *             0       25,800          *
Minnesota Technology, Inc.........................       5,500          *           800        4,700          *
Brian D. Shiffman.................................         500          *             0          500          *
Jerry K. Twogood(7)...............................   1,862,290      51.31%           **    1,587,690      32.87%
Charles M. Osborne(7).............................   1,862,290      51.31%           **    1,587,690      32.87%
Directors and executive officers as a group (8
 persons)(8)......................................   2,877,900      79.29%      399,200    2,478,700      51.32%
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------------------------
 
 * Less than 1%
 
   
** Not applicable
    
 
(1)  Includes 5,000  shares issuable upon  the exercise  of warrants exercisable
    within 60 days of March 30, 1996. Deluxe is a major customer of the  Company
    and two of its officers are members of the Company's Board of Directors. See
    "Business-- Customers" and "Management."
 
(2)  Includes 18,700  shares issuable upon  the exercise  of options exercisable
    within 60 days of March 30, 1996.
 
(3) Mr. Mager and Mr. Taylor are members of the Company's Board of Directors.
 
(4) Includes 22,125  shares issuable  upon the exercise  of options  exercisable
    within 60 days of March 30, 1996. The shares listed above for Mr. Petschauer
    include  5,000  issued to  his wife,  as to  which Mr.  Petschauer disclaims
    beneficial ownership.
 
(5) Includes 18,750  shares issuable  upon the exercise  of options  exercisable
    within 60 days of March 30, 1996.
 
(6)  Includes 25,700  shares issuable upon  the exercise  of options exercisable
    within 60 days of March 30, 1996.
 
   
(7) Shares indicated for Messrs. Twogood and Osborne consist entirely of  shares
    owned by Deluxe, as to which Messrs. Twogood and Osborne disclaim beneficial
    ownership. They are officers of Deluxe and members of the Company's Board of
    Directors.
    
 
(8)  Includes 85,275  shares issuable upon  the exercise  of options exercisable
    within 60 days  of March  30, 1996,  the shares  owned by  Deluxe and  5,000
    shares  issuable to  Deluxe upon  the exercise  of its  warrants exercisable
    within 60 days of March 30, 1996.
 
                                       31
<PAGE>
                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
    The authorized capital stock of the Company consists of 15,000,000 shares of
Common Stock, no par value per  share, and 1,000,000 shares of Preferred  Stock.
The following summary of the terms and provisions of the Company's capital stock
does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to
the Company's Articles of Incorporation and applicable law.
 
COMMON STOCK
 
    On  March 30, 1996, there were  3,629,713 shares of Common Stock outstanding
held by 209 shareholders of record. All shares of Common Stock have equal voting
rights and  have  one  vote per  share  in  all  matters to  be  voted  upon  by
shareholders.  Cumulative voting in the election of directors is not allowed. No
share of Common Stock is entitled to  preference over any other share of  Common
Stock,  and each  share of Common  Stock is equal  to any other  share of Common
Stock in all respects. All  of the outstanding shares  of Common Stock are,  and
the  shares  to  be sold  pursuant  to this  offering  will be,  fully  paid and
nonassessable.
 
    The shares  of Common  Stock have  no preemptive  or conversion  rights,  no
redemption  or sinking fund  provisions and are  not liable for  further call or
assessment. Subject to the rights of holders of the Preferred Stock, each  share
of  Common  Stock is  entitled to  receive a  return of  paid-in capital  and to
participate pro rata in any distribution of capital assets, whether voluntary or
involuntary, after creditors have been paid in full.
 
    Subject to the  rights of holders  of the Preferred  Stock, shareholders  of
Common  Stock are  entitled to  receive dividends  when and  as declared  by the
Company's Board of Directors  out of funds legally  available thereof. Any  such
dividends  may be paid in cash, property  or shares of Common Stock. The Company
has not paid any  cash dividends since its  inception and presently  anticipates
that  no  dividends on  its Common  Stock  will be  declared in  the foreseeable
future.
 
PREFERRED STOCK
 
    There are no shares of Preferred Stock issued and outstanding. The Preferred
Stock is issuable by  the Board of Directors  from time to time  in one or  more
series  without approval of the Company's  shareholders. Each series will have a
distinctive designation or  title as is  fixed by the  Board of Directors.  Each
series  of Preferred  Stock will  have such voting  power (or  no voting power),
preferences, rights, qualifications, limitations or restrictions as are  adopted
by  the Board of Directors prior to the issuance of the series, and would likely
have rights superior to the rights of Common Stock. The Company presently has no
plan to issue any Preferred Stock.
 
INDEMNIFICATION OF OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS
 
    The Company's Bylaws and Minnesota law require the Company to indemnify  any
director, officer, employee or agent of the Company who was or is a party to any
threatened,  pending  or completed  action, suit  or proceeding,  whether civil,
criminal, administrative  or  investigative,  against  certain  liabilities  and
expenses  incurred in  connection with  the action,  suit or  proceeding, except
where such persons have not  acted in good faith  or did not reasonably  believe
that the conduct was in the best interests of the Company.
 
    Insofar  as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of 1933,  as amended  (the "Securities  Act"), may  be permitted  to  directors,
officers  or other  persons controlling  the Company  pursuant to  the foregoing
provisions,  the  opinion  of  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission   (the
"Commission") is that such indemnification is against public policy as expressed
in the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.
 
ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS OF MINNESOTA BUSINESS CORPORATION ACT
 
    Certain   provisions  of  Minnesota  law   described  below  could  have  an
anti-takeover effect.  These  provisions  are  intended  to  provide  management
flexibility  to  enhance  the  likelihood of  continuity  and  stability  in the
composition of the Company's Board of  Directors and in the policies  formulated
by  the Board and to  discourage an unsolicited takeover  of the Company, if the
Board determines that such a takeover is not in
 
                                       32
<PAGE>
the  best  interests  of  the  Company  and  its  shareholders.  However,  these
provisions could have the effect of discouraging certain attempts to acquire the
Company  which could deprive the Company's shareholders of opportunities to sell
their shares of Common stock at prices higher than prevailing market prices.
 
    Section 302A.671 of the Minnesota Business Corporation Act ("MBCA") provides
that, unless the acquisition of certain new percentages of voting control of the
Company (in excess of 20%, 33 1/3%  or 50%) by an existing shareholder or  other
person  is  approved by  a  majority of  the  disinterested shareholders  of the
Company, the shares acquired above such  new percentage level of voting  control
will not be entitled to voting rights. The Company is required to hold a special
shareholders'  meeting to vote on any such  acquisition within 55 days after the
delivery to the Company by the acquiror of an information statement  describing,
among  other things, the acquiror and any  plans of the acquiror to liquidate or
dissolve the  Company and  copies  of definitive  financing agreements  for  any
financing of the acquisition not to be provided by funds of the acquiror. If any
acquiror does not submit an information statement to the Company within ten days
after acquiring shares representing a new threshold percentage of voting control
of the Company, or if the disinterested shareholders vote not to approve such an
acquisition,  the Company may redeem  the shares so acquired  by the acquiror at
their market value. Section 302A.671 generally does not apply to a cash offer to
purchase all shares of voting stock of the issuing corporation if such offer has
been approved by a majority vote  of disinterested board members of the  issuing
corporation.
 
    Section  302A.673  of the  MBCA restricts  certain transactions  between the
Company and a shareholder who  becomes the beneficial holder  of 10% or more  of
the  Company's outstanding voting  stock (an "interested  shareholder") unless a
majority of the disinterested directors of  the Company have approved, prior  to
the  date on which the shareholder acquired  a 10% interest, either the business
combination transaction suggested by  such a shareholder  or the acquisition  of
shares  that made such a shareholder a statutory interested shareholder. If such
prior approval is not obtained, the statute imposes a four-year prohibition from
the statutory interested shareholder's share acquisition date on mergers,  sales
of  substantial assets, loans, substantial issuances  of stock and various other
transactions involving the Company and  the statutory interested shareholder  or
its affiliates.
 
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
 
    The  Transfer Agent and Registrar  with respect to the  Common Stock will be
American Securities Transfer, Incorporated of Denver, Colorado.
 
                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
    Prior to this Offering, there has been no market for the Common Stock of the
Company. Sales of  substantial amounts  of Common Stock  of the  Company in  the
public  market after  restrictions lapse  could adversely  affect the prevailing
market price and  the ability  of the  Company to  raise equity  capital in  the
future.
 
    Upon the completion of this Offering, the Company will have 4,829,713 shares
of  Common  Stock outstanding,  assuming  no exercise  of  currently outstanding
options or warrants. Of these shares, the 1,600,000 shares sold in this Offering
will be freely tradeable  without restriction under  the Securities Act,  unless
held  by "affiliates" of the Company, as that  term is defined in Rule 144 under
the Securities  Act. The  remaining 3,229,713  shares of  Common stock  held  by
existing  stockholders  were  issued and  sold  by  the Company  in  reliance on
exemptions from  the  registration requirements  of  the Securities  Act.  These
shares  may be sold in  the public market only if  registered, or pursuant to an
exemption from registration such as Rule 144, 144(k) or 701 under the Securities
Act. Holders of an aggregate of 2,383,425 shares of Common Stock and holders  of
options and warrants to purchase an additional 119,606 shares, have entered into
lock-up  agreements under which they have agreed not to offer, sell or otherwise
dispose, or directly  or indirectly  cause or permit  the offer,  sale or  other
disposition,  of any Common Stock of the Company owned of record or beneficially
and of which such  shareholder has the  power to control  the disposition for  a
period  of  six months  after the  date  of this  Prospectus, without  the prior
written consent  of the  Underwriter. The  Company has  entered into  a  similar
agreement,  except that the Company may grant  options and issue stock under its
current stock option plans and pursuant to other currently outstanding options.
 
                                       33
<PAGE>
    As of March 30,  1996, 135,567 shares were  subject to outstanding  options.
Following this Offering, the Company intends to file a Registration Statement on
Form  S-8 covering  shares issuable under  the Company's  Incentive Stock Option
Plan adopted in 1985, 1986 Incentive Stock Option Plan, 1996 Stock Plan and 1996
Employee Stock Purchase Plan, thus permitting  the resale of such shares in  the
public  market without restrictions under the Securities Act after expiration of
the applicable lock-up agreements.
 
    Upon the effective date of the Offering, 748,876 shares of Common Stock will
become eligible for sale in the public market pursuant to Rule 144(k). Beginning
90 days after the  date of this Prospectus,  23,698 additional shares of  Common
Stock  (including  14,792 shares  subject  to outstanding  vested  options) will
become available for sale in the public market subject, in certain cases, to the
vesting requirements and volume and manner of sale limitations of Rule 144. Upon
expiration of the lock-up agreements,  an additional 2,473,700 shares of  Common
Stock  (including 66,575 shares subject to  outstanding vested options and 5,000
shares  subject  to  outstanding  vested  warrants)  will  become  eligible  for
immediate  public resale, subject in some cases to vesting provisions and volume
limitations pursuant  to  Rule  144.  The remaining  4,700  shares  will  become
eligible for public resale at various times over a period of less than two years
following  the completion  of this  Offering, subject  in some  cases to vesting
provisions and volume limitations.
 
    In general, under  Rule 144  as currently in  effect, a  person (or  persons
whose  shares are aggregated) who has beneficially owned shares for at least two
years (including the holding period of any prior owner, except an affiliate)  is
entitled  to sell  in "broker's  transactions" or  to market  makers, within any
three-month period  commencing 90  days after  the date  of this  Prospectus,  a
number  of shares  that does not  exceed the greater  of (i) one  percent of the
number of shares of Common  Stock then outstanding (approximately 48,297  shares
immediately  after this Offering)  or (ii) the average  weekly trading volume of
the Common Stock during the four calendar weeks preceding the required filing of
a Form 144 with respect to such sale. Sales under Rule 144 are generally subject
to certain  manner  of  sale  provisions and  notice  requirements  and  to  the
availability of current public information about the Company. Under Rule 144(k),
a  person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of the Company at any time
during the 90 days preceding a sale,  and who has beneficially owned the  shares
proposed  to be sold for  at least three years, is  entitled to sell such shares
without having to  comply with the  manner of sale,  public information,  volume
limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Under Rule 701 under the Securities
Act,  persons who purchase shares upon exercise  of options granted prior to the
effective date of this Offering are entitled  to sell such shares 90 days  after
the  effective date of this Offering in  reliance on Rule 144, without having to
comply with the  holding period requirements  of Rule  144 and, in  the case  of
non-affiliates,  without having  to comply  with the  public information, volume
limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144.
 
    The Securities and  Exchange Commission has  recently proposed reducing  the
initial  Rule 144 holding period to one  year and the Rule 144(k) holding period
to two years. There can be no assurance as to when or whether such rule  changes
will be enacted. If enacted, such modification may have a material effect on the
time when shares of the Company's Common Stock become eligible for resale.
 
REGISTRATION RIGHTS
 
   
    In  connection with their  acquisition of securities of  the Company, two of
the Company's existing  shareholders, 3M  and Minnesota  Technology, Inc.,  have
agreements  with the  Company under which  these shareholders have  the right to
have a total of 109,961 shares of Common Stock owned by them included in  future
registration  statements  filed by  the Company  under  the Securities  Act. The
Company would bear most of the expense associated with including the  additional
shares in such a registration.
    
 
                                       34
<PAGE>
                                  UNDERWRITING
 
    Subject  to the  terms and  conditions of  the Underwriting  Agreement, each
Underwriter named below has  severally agreed to purchase,  and the Company  and
the Selling Stockholders have agreed to sell to such Underwriters, the number of
shares of Common Stock set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter below, at
the  Price to Public  set forth on the  cover page of  this Prospectus, less the
underwriting discount.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
UNDERWRITERS                                                                           NUMBER OF SHARES
- ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ------------------
<S>                                                                                   <C>
R.J. Steichen & Company.............................................................
 
                                                                                           ----------
  Total.............................................................................        1,600,000
                                                                                           ----------
                                                                                           ----------
</TABLE>
 
    The Underwriting Agreement provides that the obligations of the Underwriters
are subject  to certain  conditions  precedent and  that the  Underwriters  will
purchase  all  of the  shares  of the  Common Stock  offered  hereby if  any are
purchased.
 
    The  Company  and  the  Selling  Shareholders  have  been  advised  by   the
Representative that the Underwriters propose to offer the shares of Common Stock
to  the  public at  the Price  to Public  set forth  on the  cover page  of this
Prospectus and to certain  selected dealers at such  Price to Public less  usual
and customary concessions not in excess of $     per share. The Underwriters may
allow,  and such  dealers may reallow,  a concession  not in excess  of $.05 per
share to certain other securities dealers. Each of the concessions allowed  will
be  to members of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. After the
initial public  offering, the  offering price  and other  selling terms  may  be
changed by the Underwriters.
 
    The Company and the Selling Shareholders have granted to the Underwriters an
option, exercisable not later than 30 days after the date of this Prospectus, to
purchase  up to an additional  180,000 shares of Common  Stock from the Company,
and up to  an additional  60,000 shares from  the Selling  Shareholders, at  the
Price  to Public less the  underwriting discount set forth  on the cover page of
this Prospectus.  The  Underwriters  may  exercise such  option  only  to  cover
over-allotments made in connection with the sale of Common Stock offered hereby.
If  purchased, the  Underwriters will offer  such additional shares  on the same
terms as those on which the 1,600,000 shares are being offered.
 
    The Company and the Selling Shareholders have  agreed to pay, on a pro  rata
basis, to the Representative a nonaccountable expense allowance equal to 2.0% of
the  aggregate offering price of the shares offered hereby, including the shares
sold by the Selling Shareholders,  or $        ($         if the  over-allotment
option  is exercised in full), of which $10,000 has been paid. Such allowance is
included in the expenses  of the Offering  set forth on the  cover page of  this
Prospectus.
 
    The  Company has agreed  to sell to  the Representative upon  the closing of
this Offering,  for  nominal  consideration,  the  Representative's  Warrant  to
purchase  120,000 shares of Common Stock at an exercise price per share equal to
120% of the Price to Public. The Representative's Warrant contains anti-dilution
provisions providing for appropriate adjustments upon the occurrence of  certain
events  and  contains a  one-time  demand and  certain  "piggyback" registration
rights with respect to the shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise  of
the Representative's Warrant. The Representative's Warrant will have a "cashless
exercise"  feature entitling the holder  to convert the Representative's Warrant
into  shares  of  Common  Stock.  This  provision  allows  the  holder  of   the
Representative's Warrant to apply the difference
 
                                       35
<PAGE>
between  the exercise price of the  Representative's Warrant and the higher fair
market value of the Common Stock underlying the Representative's Warrant to  the
payment  of the exercise price. The Representative's Warrant will be exercisable
commencing one year from the date of this Prospectus until five years after such
date. The Representative's Warrant is not transferable for a period of one  year
after  the effective date of the Offering,  except for transfers by operation of
law, by will or pursuant to the laws of descent and distribution or to  officers
of  the Representative.  Furthermore, the  Representative's Warrant  will not be
transferable absent an  exemption from applicable  state and federal  securities
laws.  Any profits realized upon the sale of the Representative's Warrant or the
Common Stock  issuable  upon  exercise  thereof  may  be  deemed  to  constitute
additional underwriting compensation.
 
   
    The  Company, the Selling  Shareholders and the  Underwriters have agreed in
the Underwriting Agreement to indemnify each other or provide contribution  with
respect  to certain liabilities, including  liabilities under the Securities Act
and  liabilities  arising  from  breaches  of  representations  and   warranties
contained  in  the Underwriting  Agreement. Such  indemnification is  limited or
unavailable in certain circumstances, including where legally unavailable.
    
 
    Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities  Act
may  be permitted to directors, officers  and controlling persons of the Company
pursuant to the foregoing provisions or otherwise, the Company has been  advised
that   in  the   opinion  of  the   Securities  and   Exchange  Commission  such
indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act, and
is, therefore, unenforceable.
 
    Shareholders of the  Company holding  in the aggregate  2,383,425 shares  of
Common  Stock  and holders  of options  and warrants  to purchase  an additional
119,606 shares have agreed not to offer, sell or otherwise dispose, or  directly
or  indirectly cause  or permit  the offer,  sale or  other disposition,  of any
Common Stock of the Company  owned of record or  beneficially and of which  such
shareholder  has the power to control the disposition for a period of six months
after  the  date  of   this  Prospectus  without  the   prior  consent  of   the
Representative. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."
 
    The Underwriters have advised the Company that they do not intend to confirm
sales to any account over which any of them exercises discretionary authority.
 
    Prior to this Offering, there has been no public market for the Common Stock
of  the Company. Consequently, the initial  public offering price for the Common
Stock  will  be  determined   by  negotiation  between   the  Company  and   the
Representative.  Among  the  factors  considered in  such  negotiations  will be
prevailing market conditions, the results of operations of the Company in recent
periods, the market capitalizations and stages of development of other companies
which the  Company  and the  Representative  believe  to be  comparable  to  the
Company,  estimates of the business potential  of the Company, the present state
of the Company's development and other factors deemed relevant.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
    The financial statements of the Company as of December 31, 1995 and 1994 and
for each of the three  years in the period ended  December 31, 1995 included  in
this  Prospectus  have  been  audited  by  Deloitte  &  Touche  LLP, independent
auditors, as stated in their report appearing herein, and have been so  included
in  reliance upon the report of such  firm given upon their authority as experts
in accounting and auditing.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
    The validity of the Common Stock offered hereby will be passed upon for  the
Company  by Lindquist &  Vennum P.L.L.P., Minneapolis,  Minnesota. Certain legal
matters relating to  the Offering will  be passed upon  for the Underwriters  by
Winthrop & Weinstine, P.A., Minneapolis, Minnesota.
 
                                       36
<PAGE>
                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
    The  Company has filed with the  Commission a Registration Statement on Form
S-1 under the Securities  Act with respect to  the Common Stock offered  hereby.
This  Prospectus  does not  contain  all of  the  information set  forth  in the
Registration Statement and  the exhibits thereto.  For further information  with
respect  to  the  Company  and  the Common  Stock,  reference  is  made  to such
Registration Statement and exhibits.  Statements made in  this Prospectus as  to
the  contents of any contract, agreement or  other documents referred to are not
necessarily complete. With  respect to  each such contract,  agreement or  other
document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, reference is made to
the  exhibit  for  a  more  complete description  of  the  matter  involved. The
Registration Statement and exhibits may  be inspected without charge and  copied
at  the public  reference facilities maintained  by the Commission  at 450 Fifth
Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549;  Citicorp Center, 500 West Madison,  Suite
1400,  Chicago, Illinois  60661; and  7 World Trade  Center, New  York, New York
10048. Copies of  such material  may be obtained  at prescribed  rates from  the
Commission's  Public Reference  Section at  450 Fifth  Street, N.W., Washington,
D.C. 20549.
 
                                       37
<PAGE>
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
                                PRINTWARE, INC.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                        PAGE
                                                                        ----
 
<S>                                                                     <C>
Independent Auditors' Report..........................................  F-2
 
Balance Sheets as of March 30, 1996 (unaudited) and December 31, 1995
 and 1994.............................................................  F-3
 
Statements of Operations for the three months ended March 30, 1996 and
 April 1, 1995 (unaudited) and the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994
 and 1993.............................................................  F-4
 
Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity for the three months
 ended March 30, 1996 (unaudited) and the years ended December 31,
 1995, 1994 and 1993..................................................  F-5
 
Statements of Cash Flows for the three months ended March 30, 1996 and
 April 1, 1995 (unaudited) and the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994
 and 1993.............................................................  F-6
 
Notes to Financial Statements for the three months ended March 30,
 1996 and April 1, 1995 (unaudited) and the years ended December 31,
 1995, 1994 and 1993..................................................  F-7
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
                          INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT
 
To The Shareholders of Printware, Inc.:
 
    We  have audited  the accompanying  balance sheets  of Printware,  Inc. (the
Company) as  of  December  31, 1995  and  1994  and the  related  statements  of
operations,  shareholders' equity and cash flows for  each of the three years in
the  period  ended  December  31,  1995.  These  financial  statements  are  the
responsibility  of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
 
    We conducted  our  audits in  accordance  with generally  accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence  supporting
the  amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles used  and  significant estimates  made  by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
    In our opinion, such  financial statements present  fairly, in all  material
respects,  the financial  position of Printware,  Inc. at December  31, 1995 and
1994 and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the  three
years  in  the period  ended  December 31,  1995,  in conformity  with generally
accepted accounting principles.
 
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
 
Minneapolis, Minnesota
February 2, 1996
(April 25, 1996 as to the
first paragraph of Note 3)
 
                                      F-2
<PAGE>
                                PRINTWARE, INC.
 
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
 
                                     ASSETS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                   DECEMBER 31,
                                                                            --------------------------
                                                                                1995          1994
                                                               MARCH 30,    ------------  ------------
                                                                  1996
                                                              ------------
                                                              (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                           <C>           <C>           <C>
CURRENT ASSETS:
  Cash and cash equivalents.................................  $  2,795,856  $  2,568,852  $    860,668
  Receivables from non affiliates (Note 2)..................       441,384       511,085       276,290
  Receivables from affiliates (Note 10).....................       301,710       262,655       231,652
  Inventories (Notes 1 and 2)...............................     1,624,238     1,727,342     1,843,698
  Prepaid expenses..........................................        69,193        17,394        43,651
                                                              ------------  ------------  ------------
    Total current assets....................................     5,232,381     5,087,328     3,255,959
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net of accumulated depreciation and
 amortization (Notes 1 and 2)...............................       130,419       130,677       183,415
INTANGIBLE ASSETS, net of accumulated amortization (Notes 1
 and 2).....................................................        33,606        34,396        37,554
                                                              ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                              $  5,396,406  $  5,252,401  $  3,476,928
                                                              ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                              ------------  ------------  ------------
 
                                 LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
  Accounts payable..........................................  $    390,602  $    436,852  $    445,059
  Accrued expenses (Notes 1 and 2)..........................       308,650       469,108       342,988
  Deferred revenues (Note 7)................................        41,488        29,773       175,350
                                                              ------------  ------------  ------------
    Total current liabilities...............................       740,740       935,733       963,397
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Notes 4, 5, 7 and 11)
SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (Note 3):
  Preferred Stock, no specified par value; 1,000,000 shares
   authorized; none issued and outstanding..................       --            --            --
  Common Stock, no par value, authorized 15,000,000 shares:
   issued and outstanding 3,629,713 shares at March 30,
   1996; 3,627,013 and 3,623,776 shares at December 31, 1995
   and 1994, respectively...................................    15,522,238    15,514,138    15,504,426
  Accumulated deficit.......................................   (10,866,572)  (11,197,470)  (12,990,895)
                                                              ------------  ------------  ------------
    Total shareholders' equity..............................     4,655,666     4,316,668     2,513,531
                                                              ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                              $  5,396,406  $  5,252,401  $  3,476,928
                                                              ------------  ------------  ------------
                                                              ------------  ------------  ------------
</TABLE>
    
 
                       See notes to financial statements.
 
                                      F-3
<PAGE>
                                PRINTWARE, INC.
 
                            STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                              ----------------------        YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                              MARCH 30,    APRIL 1,   -----------------------------------
                                                                 1996        1995        1995        1994        1993
                                                              ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------
                                                                   (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                           <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>
REVENUES FROM NON AFFILIATES (Note 1, 7, and 8).............  $1,125,959  $1,005,934  $4,889,761  $3,775,958  $ 4,348,484
REVENUES FROM AFFILIATES (Note 10)..........................     706,054     801,689   3,498,387   2,850,967    2,948,000
                                                              ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------
TOTAL REVENUES..............................................   1,832,013   1,807,623   8,388,148   6,626,925    7,296,484
COST OF REVENUES............................................   1,110,046   1,000,871   5,003,956   4,102,401    5,344,519
                                                              ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------
Gross margin................................................     721,967     806,752   3,384,192   2,524,524    1,951,965
PERIOD COSTS:
  Research and development..................................     178,941     205,778     757,131     956,807    1,314,355
  Selling, general and administrative.......................     238,471     270,869   1,072,878     945,533    1,851,507
                                                              ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------
    Total...................................................     417,412     476,647   1,830,009   1,902,340    3,165,862
                                                              ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------
INCOME (LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS...............................     304,555     330,105   1,554,183     622,184   (1,213,897)
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
  Net gain on arbitration award (Note 11)...................      --          --         192,335      --          --
  Interest expense..........................................        (235)     (1,250)     (3,333)     (4,457)      (8,143)
  Interest and other income.................................      33,078       9,628      72,740      27,375       18,442
                                                              ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE INCOME TAXES AND EXTRAORDINARY ITEM....     337,398     338,483   1,815,925     645,102   (1,203,598)
INCOME TAXES (Note 9).......................................       6,500      12,000      22,500       2,000        1,109
                                                              ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------
INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE EXTRAORDINARY ITEM.....................     330,898     326,483   1,793,425     643,102   (1,204,707)
EXTRAORDINARY ITEM -- GAIN ON EXTINGUISHMENT OF DEBT (Note
 3).........................................................      --          --          --         140,927      --
                                                              ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------
NET INCOME (LOSS)...........................................  $  330,898  $  326,483  $1,793,425  $  784,029  $(1,204,707)
                                                              ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------
                                                              ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------
NET INCOME (LOSS) PER COMMON AND COMMON EQUIVALENT SHARE
 (Note 1):
  Income (loss) before extraordinary item...................  $      .09  $      .09  $      .48  $      .17  $      (.33)
  Extraordinary item........................................      --          --          --             .04      --
                                                              ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------
  Net income (loss).........................................  $      .09  $      .09  $      .48  $      .21  $      (.33)
                                                              ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------
                                                              ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------
WEIGHTED AVERAGE NUMBER OF COMMON AND COMMON EQUIVALENT
 SHARES OUTSTANDING (Note 1)................................   3,705,403   3,705,627   3,705,627   3,685,580    3,635,226
                                                              ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------
                                                              ----------  ----------  ----------  ----------  -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
                       See notes to financial statements.
 
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
                                PRINTWARE, INC.
                       STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
                 THREE MONTHS ENDED MARCH 30, 1996 (UNAUDITED)
                AND YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              COMMON STOCK                             TOTAL
                                                        -------------------------   ACCUMULATED    SHAREHOLDERS'
                                                          SHARES       AMOUNT         DEFICIT         EQUITY
                                                        ----------  -------------  --------------  -------------
<S>                                                     <C>         <C>            <C>             <C>
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1992..........................   3,611,889  $  15,468,763  $  (12,570,217)  $ 2,898,546
Shares issued pursuant to exercise of stock options...         750          2,250        --               2,250
Shares redeemed and retired at $3.00 per share........        (700)        (2,100)       --              (2,100)
Shares issued for services performed for the
 Company..............................................       3,387         10,163        --              10,163
Net loss..............................................      --           --            (1,204,707)   (1,204,707)
                                                        ----------  -------------  --------------  -------------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1993..........................   3,615,326     15,479,076     (13,774,924)    1,704,152
Shares issued in connection with extinguishment of
 debt.................................................       5,500         16,500        --              16,500
Shares issued pursuant to exercise of stock options...         150            450        --                 450
Shares issued for services performed for the
 Company..............................................       2,800          8,400        --               8,400
Net income............................................      --           --               784,029       784,029
                                                        ----------  -------------  --------------  -------------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1994..........................   3,623,776     15,504,426     (12,990,895)    2,513,531
Shares issued pursuant to exercise of stock options...         737          2,212        --               2,212
Shares issued for services performed for the
 Company..............................................       2,500          7,500        --               7,500
Net income............................................      --           --             1,793,425     1,793,425
                                                        ----------  -------------  --------------  -------------
BALANCE AT DECEMBER 31, 1995..........................   3,627,013     15,514,138     (11,197,470)    4,316,668
Shares issued pursuant to exercise of stock options
 (unaudited)..........................................         200            600        --                 600
Shares issued for services performed for the Company
 (unaudited)..........................................       2,500          7,500        --               7,500
Net income (unaudited)................................      --           --               330,898       330,898
                                                        ----------  -------------  --------------  -------------
BALANCE AT MARCH 30, 1996 (UNAUDITED).................   3,629,713  $  15,522,238  $  (10,866,572)  $ 4,655,666
                                                        ----------  -------------  --------------  -------------
                                                        ----------  -------------  --------------  -------------
</TABLE>
 
                       See notes to financial statements.
 
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
                                PRINTWARE, INC.
 
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                              ---------------------        YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31,
                                                              MARCH 30,   APRIL 1,   ------------------------------------
                                                                 1996       1995        1995        1994         1993
                                                              ----------  ---------  ----------  -----------  -----------
                                                                   (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                           <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>          <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
  Net income (loss).........................................  $  330,898  $ 326,483  $1,793,425  $   784,029  $(1,204,707)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash
 provided by (used in) operating activities:
  Depreciation and amortization.............................      16,097     20,432      71,271       92,813      190,217
  Common Stock issued for services..........................       7,500      7,500       7,500        8,400       10,163
  Extraordinary item........................................      --         --          --         (140,927)     --
  Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
    Receivables from non affiliates.........................      69,701   (156,636)   (234,795)      98,149      535,864
    Receivables from affiliates.............................     (39,055)    (9,524)    (31,003)     (31,652)     160,573
    Inventories.............................................     103,104   (273,018)    116,356      636,099      405,332
    Prepaid expenses........................................     (51,799)    (3,612)     26,257      (15,559)      80,542
    Accounts payable........................................     (46,250)   106,558      (8,207)    (479,317)      56,946
    Accrued expenses........................................    (160,458)   (96,089)    126,120     (227,093)     221,916
    Deferred revenues.......................................      11,715   (153,050)   (145,577)  (1,102,361)    (387,064)
                                                              ----------  ---------  ----------  -----------  -----------
      Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities...     241,453   (230,956)  1,721,347     (377,419)      69,782
                                                              ----------  ---------  ----------  -----------  -----------
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
  Purchases of property and equipment.......................     (15,049)    (4,457)    (15,375)     (50,200)     (72,771)
  Increase in intangible assets.............................      --         --          --             (984)     (25,707)
                                                              ----------  ---------  ----------  -----------  -----------
      Net cash used in investing activities.................     (15,049)    (4,457)    (15,375)     (51,184)     (98,478)
                                                              ----------  ---------  ----------  -----------  -----------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
  Advances on equipment and consumable sales................      --         --          --          --           755,712
  Proceeds from issuance of Common Stock....................         600      1,012       2,212          450        2,250
  Common Stock redeemed and retired.........................      --         --          --          --            (2,100)
                                                              ----------  ---------  ----------  -----------  -----------
      Net cash provided by financing activities.............         600      1,012       2,212          450      755,862
                                                              ----------  ---------  ----------  -----------  -----------
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS........     227,004   (234,401)  1,708,184     (428,153)     727,166
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF PERIOD..............   2,568,852    860,668     860,668    1,288,821      561,655
                                                              ----------  ---------  ----------  -----------  -----------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF PERIOD....................  $2,795,856  $ 626,267  $2,568,852  $   860,668  $ 1,288,821
                                                              ----------  ---------  ----------  -----------  -----------
                                                              ----------  ---------  ----------  -----------  -----------
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW DISCLOSURE:
  Cash paid during the period for:
    Interest................................................  $      236  $   1,250  $    3,333  $     4,457  $     8,143
                                                              ----------  ---------  ----------  -----------  -----------
                                                              ----------  ---------  ----------  -----------  -----------
    Income taxes............................................  $    6,500  $  12,000  $   15,488  $     2,000  $     1,109
                                                              ----------  ---------  ----------  -----------  -----------
                                                              ----------  ---------  ----------  -----------  -----------
OTHER NON CASH ITEM:
  Issuance of Common Stock for extinguishment of debt (Note
   3).......................................................      --         --          --      $    16,500      --
                                                              ----------  ---------  ----------  -----------  -----------
                                                              ----------  ---------  ----------  -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
    
 
                       See notes to financial statements.
 
                                      F-6
<PAGE>
                                PRINTWARE, INC.
            NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED
        MARCH 30, 1996 AND APRIL 1, 1995 (UNAUDITED) AND THE YEARS ENDED
                        DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993
 
1.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
    NATURE OF BUSINESS
 
    Printware,  Inc. ("Printware" or the  "Company") designs, builds and markets
"Computer-to-Plate" systems that  are used  by the offset  printing industry  to
create  printing plates directly  from computer data.  These systems replace the
traditional process of typesetting, paste-up, camera work and processing film to
produce a printing plate.
 
    INTERIM FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
    The accompanying balance sheet  as of March 30,  1996 and the statements  of
operations and cash flows for the three months ended March 30, 1996 and April 1,
1995, the statement of shareholders' equity for the three months ended March 30,
1996  and the interim information as of and for the three months ended March 30,
1996 and  April 1,  1995 appearing  in  the notes  to financial  statements  are
unaudited.  In the  opinion of  management, such  unaudited financial statements
include  all  adjustments,  consisting  of  only  normal,  recurring   accruals,
necessary  for a  fair presentation thereof.  The results of  operations for any
interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results for the year.
 
    REVENUE RECOGNITION
 
    Revenue for equipment and supply sales is recognized at the time of shipment
to customers.  Revenue from  development  projects and  their related  costs  is
recognized  as the work is performed.  Revenue related to installation, training
and support  is  recognized  when  the  services  are  performed.  Revenue  from
development  projects, installation,  training and support  is less  than 10% of
total revenues for the three months ended  March 30, 1996 and April 1, 1995  and
the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993.
 
    NET INCOME (LOSS) PER COMMON AND COMMON EQUIVALENT SHARE
 
    Net  income (loss)  per common  and common  equivalent share  is computed by
dividing net income (loss)  by the weighted average  number of shares of  Common
Stock  and  dilutive Common  Stock equivalents  outstanding. The  total weighted
average number  of common  and  common equivalent  shares outstanding  has  been
adjusted  to give effect to the reverse  stock split authorized by the Company's
shareholders effective April 25, 1996 (Note 3). Common Stock equivalents  result
from  dilutive  stock options  and warrants.  Common  equivalent shares  are not
included in the per share calculations when the effect of their inclusion  would
be  antidilutive,  except  that,  in  accordance  with  Securities  and Exchange
Commission requirements, common and common  equivalent shares issued during  the
12  months prior  to the  Company's proposed  initial public  offering have been
included in the calculation (using the treasury stock method based on an assumed
initial public offering price  of $6.50 per share)  as if they were  outstanding
for all periods presented. The net income (loss) per common share will change if
the actual initial public offering price differs from the assumed initial public
offering  price per share  utilized in this  calculation. Fully diluted earnings
(loss) per  common share  is substantially  equivalent to  primary earnings  per
share and is therefore not separately presented.
 
    CASH EQUIVALENTS
 
    Cash  equivalents consist primarily  of investments in  commercial paper and
certificate of deposits, which have original maturities of three months or less.
 
    CREDIT RISK
 
    The Company generally  does not  require collateral for  its trade  accounts
receivable.  The  Company  manages credit  risk  by  evaluating creditworthiness
regularly. Accounts  receivable  for which  collectibility  is not  assured  are
reserved  for  through  establishment  of an  allowance  for  doubtful accounts.
Customer accounts considered by management to be uncollectible are written off.
 
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
                                PRINTWARE, INC.
            NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED
        MARCH 30, 1996 AND APRIL 1, 1995 (UNAUDITED) AND THE YEARS ENDED
                  DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993 (CONTINUED)
 
1.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
    INVENTORIES
 
    Inventories are  valued at  the lower  of cost  (determined on  a  first-in,
first-out  basis)  or  market.  The  Company  has  recorded  inventory valuation
reserves of $562,000 at March 30, 1996 and $545,000 and $516,000 at December 31,
1995 and 1994, respectively.
 
    Inventories are  periodically reviewed  for obsolescence  or surplus  stock.
Items  considered obsolete or surplus are written  off or a valuation reserve is
established to write such inventories down to their net realizable value.
 
    The Company is  dependent on several  key suppliers for  plate material  and
raster  image processing  software. All of  the Company's  agreements with these
suppliers can be canceled by either party under certain circumstances.
 
    PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
    Property and equipment  are recorded  at cost.  Office equipment,  software,
machinery  and equipment  and tooling are  depreciated on  a straight-line basis
over five years. Motor  vehicles are depreciated on  a straight-line basis  over
three  years. Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over
the term of the lease.
 
    IMPAIRMENT OF LONG-LIVED ASSETS
 
    Management periodically reviews the carrying  value of long-term assets  for
potential  impairment by  comparing the  carrying value  of these  assets to the
estimated undiscounted future  cash flows  expected to  result from  the use  of
these  assets. Should the sum of the  related, expected future net cash flows be
less than  the  carrying value,  an  impairment  loss would  be  recognized.  An
impairment  loss would be measured by the  amount by which the carrying value of
the asset  exceeds  the  fair  value  of the  asset.  To  date,  management  has
determined that no impairment of these assets exists.
 
    INTANGIBLE ASSETS
 
    Intangible  assets  are  recorded  at  cost and  are  being  amortized  on a
straight-line basis over the following lives:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   YEARS
                                                                   -----
<S>                                                                <C>
Patents..........................................................    17
License rights...................................................   2-5
</TABLE>
 
    RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT EXPENDITURES
 
    Research and development expenditures are charged to expense as incurred.
 
    ACCOUNTING FOR WARRANTY COSTS
 
    The Company records estimated  future warranty costs  when the equipment  is
shipped to customers.
 
    MANAGEMENT ESTIMATES
 
    The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that  affect the  reported amounts  of  assets and  liabilities and
disclosure of contingent  assets and liabilities  at the date  of the  financial
statements  and  the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during the
reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
                                PRINTWARE, INC.
            NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED
        MARCH 30, 1996 AND APRIL 1, 1995 (UNAUDITED) AND THE YEARS ENDED
                  DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993 (CONTINUED)
 
1.  SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (CONTINUED)
    FINANCIAL RISKS AND UNCERTAINTIES
 
    In accordance  with  American  Institute  of  Certified  Public  Accountants
Statement  of Position  No. 94-6,  DISCLOSURE OF  CERTAIN SIGNIFICANT  RISKS AND
UNCERTAINTIES, the Company  has disclosed  in the  financial statements  certain
financial   risks  and   uncertainties  to   which  it   is  subject,  including
concentration of sales to  a limited number of  customers, certain suppliers  of
raw  materials and other  key components included  in its manufactured equipment
and the use of estimates to review the carrying value of long-lived assets.  The
nature  of  the Company's  operations exposes  the  Company to  certain business
risks. The  market for  "Computer-to-Plate" systems  is highly  competitive  and
subject  to rapid technological change and  evolving industry standards that may
affect both the  operations, operating  results and financial  condition of  the
Company and its customers.
 
    RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
 
    In  October, 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement
of  Financial  Accounting   Standards  No.  123,   ACCOUNTING  FOR   STOCK-BASED
COMPENSATION  (SFAS 123). SFAS 123  requires expanded disclosures of stock-based
compensation arrangements with employees and  encourages (but does not  require)
application  of  the  fair value  recognition  provisions  of SFAS  123  to such
arrangements. SFAS 123 is required to  be adopted for reporting purposes by  the
Company  in 1996.  Companies are  permitted, however,  to continue  to apply APB
opinion No. 25, which recognizes compensation cost based on the intrinsic  value
of the equity instrument awarded. The Company will continue to apply APB opinion
No. 25 to its stock based compensation awards to employees and will disclose the
required pro forma effect on net income and earnings per share.
 
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
                                PRINTWARE, INC.
            NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED
        MARCH 30, 1996 AND APRIL 1, 1995 (UNAUDITED) AND THE YEARS ENDED
                  DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993 (CONTINUED)
 
2.  DETAILS OF SELECTED BALANCE SHEET ACCOUNTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                DECEMBER 31,
                                               MARCH 30,   ----------------------
                                                  1996        1995        1994
                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
<S>                                            <C>         <C>         <C>
RECEIVABLES FROM NON AFFILIATES:
  Trade......................................  $  463,855  $  532,883  $  296,811
  Employees..................................       2,442       3,115       1,017
  Allowance for doubtful accounts............     (24,913)    (24,913)    (21,538)
                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
    Total receivables from non affiliates....  $  441,384  $  511,085  $  276,290
                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
INVENTORIES:
  Raw materials..............................  $  687,200  $  782,189  $  860,885
  Work-in-process............................     153,292     165,246     109,701
  Finished goods.............................     783,746     779,907     873,112
                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
    Total inventories........................  $1,624,238  $1,727,342  $1,843,698
                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT:
  Office equipment...........................  $  400,061  $  395,650  $  386,697
  Software...................................      98,685      94,547      94,154
  Machinery and equipment....................     232,406     225,906     219,876
  Leasehold improvements.....................      74,762      74,762      74,763
  Tooling and spares.........................     334,001     334,001     334,001
  Motor vehicles.............................      10,063      10,063      10,063
                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
    Total property and equipment.............   1,149,978   1,134,919   1,119,554
  Less accumulated depreciation and
   amortization..............................   1,019,559   1,004,252     936,139
                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
    Net property and equipment...............  $  130,419  $  130,677  $  183,415
                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
INTANGIBLE ASSETS:
  License rights.............................  $  560,020  $  560,020  $  560,020
  Patents....................................      53,701      53,701      53,701
                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
    Total intangible assets..................     613,721     613,721     613,721
  Less accumulated amortization..............     580,115     579,325     576,167
                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
    Net intangible assets....................  $   33,606  $   34,396  $   37,554
                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
ACCRUED EXPENSES:
  Accrued payroll and related................  $   50,560  $   77,339  $   75,932
  Accrued vacation and benefits..............     127,927     126,479     102,750
  Accrued professional services..............      77,844     204,175      97,175
  Accrued warranty reserve...................      31,965      33,038      29,310
  Accrued income taxes.......................      --           7,012      --
  Accrued other..............................      20,354      21,065      37,821
                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
    Total accrued expenses...................  $  308,650  $  469,108  $  342,988
                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
                                               ----------  ----------  ----------
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>
                                PRINTWARE, INC.
            NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED
        MARCH 30, 1996 AND APRIL 1, 1995 (UNAUDITED) AND THE YEARS ENDED
                  DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993 (CONTINUED)
 
3.  SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
    On  April  25,  1996,  the Company's  shareholders  approved  a one-for-four
reverse stock  split, effective  immediately. All  references in  the  financial
statements  to the number of  shares, per share amounts,  stock option plan data
and the statements  of shareholders' equity  have been restated  to reflect  the
split. On April 25, 1996 the Company's shareholders approved an amendment to the
Company's Articles of Incorporation, whereby the authorized stock of the Company
was  stated as  15,000,000 shares  of Common Stock,  no par  value and 1,000,000
shares of  Preferred Stock,  no  specified par  value.  The Company's  Board  of
Directors  may designate any series and  fix any relative rights and preferences
of the  Preferred  Stock.  The  authorized shares  have  been  restated  in  the
financial  statements  to reflect  the impact  of this  amendment. No  shares of
Preferred Stock are issued and outstanding.
 
    During the three months  ended March 30, 1996  and the years ended  December
31, 1995, 1994 and 1993, certain employees exercised their options and purchased
a  total of 200, 737, 150 and 750 shares of Common Stock, respectively, at $3.00
per share.
 
    The Company also issued 2,500, 2,500, 2,800 and 3,387 shares of Common Stock
valued at  $7,500, $7,500,  $8,400  and $10,163  in consideration  for  services
rendered  during  the three  months ended  March  30, 1996  and the  years ended
December 31, 1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.
 
    During 1994, the Company extinguished debt of $157,427 through the  issuance
of  5,500 shares of the Company's Common  Stock valued at $16,500 which resulted
in an extraordinary gain  of $140,927. The repurchase  of the debt canceled  the
Company's obligation under a research agreement with a governmental agency.
 
    Common  Stock values were based on  management's estimates of the fair value
of the Company's Common Stock.
 
    STOCK OPTIONS
 
    On April 25,  1996 the Company's  shareholders approved a  new stock  option
plan  (the  1996 Stock  Plan) which  provides  for the  granting of  options and
restricted stock to  certain officers, employees,  directors and consultants  to
purchase  up to 500,000 shares  of Common Stock. On  April 25, 1996, the Company
granted options to purchase 900 shares of the Company's Common Stock under  this
plan  to certain employees. The options become  exercisable 33 1/3% per year for
three years. The exercise price is $3.00 per share. The options expire six years
after the date of  grant. The 1996  Stock Plan also  provides for the  automatic
grant  of an option for 1,000 shares  of the Company's Common Stock, exercisable
for a period of five years, to each non-employee director, upon the adoption  of
the  1996 Stock  Plan and upon  the election or  re-election as a  member of the
Board of  Directors. Such  Board of  Directors options  will be  issued with  an
exercise  price equal to the  fair market value of the  Common Stock on the date
the option is granted. On  April 25, 1996, options  to purchase 2,000 shares  of
Common  Stock were granted under  this plan with an  exercise price of $3.00 per
share.
 
    The Company's prior incentive stock option plans provided that stock options
to purchase an aggregate  of 375,000 shares  of Common Stock  may be granted  to
certain  officers and employees. The exercise price  could not be less than 100%
of the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date the option was granted.
No additional options under the Company's prior plans will be granted.
 
    All options  issued  after  August  1992  and  before  March  30,  1996  are
exercisable  33 1/3% per year for three years  or 100% one year after grant. All
of these options expire either five, six or ten years from the date of grant.
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>
                                PRINTWARE, INC.
            NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED
        MARCH 30, 1996 AND APRIL 1, 1995 (UNAUDITED) AND THE YEARS ENDED
                  DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993 (CONTINUED)
 
3.  SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (CONTINUED)
    Stock option activity is summarized as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                          AGGREGATE
                                               NUMBER OF    PRICE PER     EXERCISE
EMPLOYEE STOCK OPTIONS                          SHARES        SHARE         PRICE
- ---------------------------------------------  ---------   ------------   ---------
<S>                                            <C>         <C>            <C>
Balance at December 31, 1992.................   116,028       $3.00       $ 348,084
  Granted....................................     3,175        3.00           9,525
  Canceled...................................   (23,293)       3.00         (69,879)
  Exercised..................................      (750)       3.00          (2,250)
                                               ---------                  ---------
Balance at December 31, 1993.................    95,160        3.00         285,480
  Granted....................................     1,912        3.00           5,736
  Canceled...................................   (14,516)       3.00         (43,548)
  Exercised..................................      (150)       3.00            (450)
                                               ---------                  ---------
Balance at December 31, 1994.................    82,406        3.00         247,218
  Granted....................................    23,087        3.00          69,261
  Canceled...................................    (1,784)       3.00          (5,352)
  Exercised..................................      (737)       3.00          (2,211)
                                               ---------                  ---------
Balance at December 31, 1995.................   102,972        3.00         308,916
  Granted....................................    33,382        3.00         100,146
  Canceled...................................      (587)       3.00          (1,761)
  Exercised..................................      (200)       3.00            (600)
                                               ---------                  ---------
Balance at March 30, 1996....................   135,567       $3.00       $ 406,701
                                               ---------                  ---------
                                               ---------                  ---------
</TABLE>
 
    At March  30, 1996  and December  31, 1995,  there were  100,067 and  79,548
options exercisable at $3.00 per share, respectively.
 
    WARRANTS
 
    Warrant activity is summarized as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                           AGGREGATE
                                               NUMBER OF     PRICE PER     EXERCISE
                                                SHARES         SHARE         PRICE
                                               ---------   -------------  -----------
<S>                                            <C>         <C>            <C>
Balance at December 31, 1993.................   530,069    $3.00 - 12.00  $ 5,515,119
Canceled.....................................  (525,069)    9.22 - 12.00   (5,500,119)
                                               ---------                  -----------
Balance at December 31, 1994 and 1995 and
 March 30, 1996..............................     5,000        $3.00      $    15,000
                                               ---------                  -----------
                                               ---------                  -----------
</TABLE>
 
    All outstanding warrants expire on August 28, 1997.
 
    RESTRICTED STOCK
 
    The  Company has entered  into a restricted stock  compensation plan with an
officer of  the  Company  under  which  the  Company  issued  10,000  shares  of
restricted  stock to  the officer  over a  four year  period, provided  that the
officer remained an employee of  the Company as of  the anniversary date of  the
plan.  Under this plan the  last 2,500 shares were issued  as of March 30, 1996.
Compensation expense  related  to  these restricted  stock  issuances  has  been
recorded in the statements of operations.
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>
                                PRINTWARE, INC.
            NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED
        MARCH 30, 1996 AND APRIL 1, 1995 (UNAUDITED) AND THE YEARS ENDED
                  DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993 (CONTINUED)
 
3.  SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (CONTINUED)
    1996 EMPLOYEE STOCK PURCHASE PLAN
 
    The  Company's 1996 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "Stock Purchase Plan")
was adopted on April  25, 1996 and  provides for the issuance  of up to  100,000
shares  of Common Stock.  With certain exceptions, all  employees of the Company
who have  been employed  by the  Company for  at least  six months  and who  are
employed at least 20 hours per week and at least five months per year, including
officers  and directors  who are employees,  are eligible to  participate in the
Stock Purchase Plan.  The Stock  Purchase Plan consists  of periodic  offerings,
with  the first offering planned to begin  on April 1, 1997. Each offering under
the Stock Purchase  Plan will  be for a  period determined  by the  Compensation
Committee  of the Board of  Directors, but not to  exceed 27 months. An employee
may elect to have up to a maximum of 10% deducted from his or her regular salary
for the purpose of purchasing shares under the Stock Purchase Plan. The price at
which the employee's shares are purchased is the lower of (a) 85% of the closing
price of the Common Stock on the day  that the offering commences or (b) 85%  of
the  closing price of the Common Stock  on the day that the offering terminates.
No shares have been issued under the Stock Purchase Plan.
 
4.  LEASES
    During 1993,  the Company  moved into  new leased  office and  manufacturing
space  of 35,410 square feet under a noncancelable operating lease which expires
on July 31,  1998 and contains  an option to  renew for up  to three  additional
years.   The  Company  is  also  responsible   for  all  taxes,  utilities,  and
assessments. Rent expense for all leases  was approximately $21,000 for each  of
the  three month periods  ended March 30,  1996 and April  1, 1995, and $87,000,
$107,000 and $129,000 for the years ended  December 31, in 1995, 1994 and  1993,
respectively.
 
    At December 31, 1995, future minimum lease payments due, excluding taxes and
utilities, were as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 YEAR ENDING
                DECEMBER 31,                    AMOUNT
               ---------------                 --------
<S>                                            <C>
  1996.......................................  $ 84,000
  1997.......................................    84,000
  1998.......................................    50,000
                                               --------
                                               $218,000
                                               --------
                                               --------
</TABLE>
 
5.  LICENSING AND ROYALTY AGREEMENTS
    The Company has a licensing agreement with a minority shareholder whereby it
received  all associated laser printer  technology, including rights to patents,
know-how, software, firmware, documentation and access to their experts who were
involved  in  the  development  effort.  The  Company  also  received   multiple
prototypes of two models. In return, the minority shareholder receives royalties
of  up to 2%  of net revenues from  laser imager sales  and received warrants to
purchase shares of Common Stock  of the Company which  were issued in 1987.  The
warrants  expired during  1994. Royalty expense  relating to  this agreement was
$600 and  nil for  the three  months ended  March 30,  1996 and  April 1,  1995,
respectively, and $1,800, $9,014 and $11,640 for the years ended December 31, in
1995, 1994 and 1993, respectively.
 
    The  Company had a  software development and license  agreement with a third
party in which the Company was  to fund certain software development costs,  and
to  pay royalties on  products sold. The agreement  expired during 1994. Royalty
expense relating to this agreement was insignificant during 1994 and 1993.
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>
                                PRINTWARE, INC.
            NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED
        MARCH 30, 1996 AND APRIL 1, 1995 (UNAUDITED) AND THE YEARS ENDED
                  DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993 (CONTINUED)
 
5.  LICENSING AND ROYALTY AGREEMENTS (CONTINUED)
    The Company has  purchased license rights  for up to  100,000 copies of  300
fonts  (typefaces) for $395,000. In December  1989, the Company paid $100,000 to
extend the original  agreement through  December 31, 1993.  These payments  have
been  included in intangible assets and were amortized over the four years ended
December 31, 1993.  During 1994 and  1995, the Company  extended this  agreement
through December 31, 1997 at no additional cost.
 
6.  BANK LINE OF CREDIT
    During 1995, due to its cash position, the Company did not renew its line of
credit  with a local bank.  The agreement had provided  for borrowings up to the
lesser of $1,000,000 or  75% of receivables outstanding  less than 90 days  from
invoice date.
 
7.  DEFERRED REVENUES
    During  1993, the Company entered into several agreements with customers for
the purchase of new products, supplies and research and development projects. As
part of  these  agreements,  the  Company  received  advance  payments  totaling
$755,712 during 1993. The Company had shipped equipment and supplies under these
agreements  totaling $142,750, $385,450 and $387,064 during 1995, 1994 and 1993,
respectively. During 1994, a customer, who is a shareholder, canceled a contract
for equipment which led to the forfeiture of certain equipment advances totaling
$679,434. As a  result of the  contract cancellation, the  Company devalued  the
related  inventory.  There  was no  material  gain  or loss  resulting  from the
contract cancellation.
 
8.  MAJOR CUSTOMERS AND EXPORT REVENUES
    Revenues to one customer,  excluding the related  party total revenues  (see
note  10), amounted to  $539,000 (29.4% of total  revenues) and $253,000 (14.0%)
for the three  months ended  March 30,  1996 and  April 1,  1995 and  $1,464,000
(17.5%), $140,000 (2.1%) and nil for the years ended December 31, 1995, 1994 and
1993,  respectively.  No  other customer  accounted  for  10% or  more  of total
revenues for these periods.
 
    The Company's export revenues did not  exceed 10% of total revenues for  the
three  months ended March 30, 1996 and April 1, 1995 or the years ended December
31, 1995, 1994 and 1993.
 
9.  INCOME TAXES
    The Company  records  income taxes  under  the provisions  of  Statement  of
Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS) No. 109, "Accounting for Income Taxes."
 
    For income tax purposes, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards of
approximately   $10,500,000  as  of  December  31,  1995.  If  not  used,  these
carryforwards will begin to expire  in 2001. Under the  Tax Reform Act of  1986,
certain future changes in ownership resulting from the sale or issuance of stock
may  limit the amount of net operating  loss carryforwards which can be utilized
on an annual basis.
 
   
    Deferred tax assets and liabilities represent temporary differences  between
the  basis of  assets and liabilities  for financial reporting  purposes and tax
purposes. Deferred tax  assets are  primarily comprised of  reserves which  have
been  deducted for financial statement purposes,  but have not been deducted for
income tax purposes and the tax effect of net operating loss carryforwards.  The
Company  has  recorded a  valuation allowance  to  reduce recorded  deferred tax
assets to zero because management believes it  is more likely than not that  the
Company will not utilize the deferred tax assets.
    
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>
                                PRINTWARE, INC.
            NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED
        MARCH 30, 1996 AND APRIL 1, 1995 (UNAUDITED) AND THE YEARS ENDED
                  DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993 (CONTINUED)
 
9.  INCOME TAXES (CONTINUED)
    Deferred taxes as of December 31, 1995 and 1994 are summarized as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  1995         1994
                                               -----------  -----------
<S>                                            <C>          <C>
Current deferred tax assets:
  Inventory reserves.........................  $   192,000  $   181,000
  Accrued vacation...........................       35,000       30,000
  Allowance for doubtful accounts............        9,000        8,000
  Other......................................       18,000       24,000
  Valuation allowance........................     (254,000)    (243,000)
                                               -----------  -----------
    Total....................................  $   --       $   --
                                               -----------  -----------
                                               -----------  -----------
Long-term deferred tax assets:
  Tax net operating loss carryforwards.......    3,675,000    4,305,000
  Tax credit carryforwards...................       32,000      --
  Valuation allowance........................   (3,707,000)  (4,305,000)
                                               -----------  -----------
    Total....................................  $   --       $   --
                                               -----------  -----------
                                               -----------  -----------
</TABLE>
 
    A  reconciliation of the expected federal  income taxes, using the effective
statutory federal  rate  of 35%,  with  the provision  for  income taxes  is  as
follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 1995       1994       1993
                                               ---------  ---------  ---------
<S>                                            <C>        <C>        <C>
Expected federal expense (benefit)...........  $ 635,000  $ 275,000  $(421,300)
State taxes, net of federal benefits.........      2,000      2,000      1,109
Net operating loss which cannot currently be
 recognized..................................     --         --        419,200
Change in valuation allowance................   (587,000)  (275,000)    --
Other........................................    (27,500)    --          2,100
                                               ---------  ---------  ---------
                                               $  22,500  $   2,000  $   1,109
                                               ---------  ---------  ---------
                                               ---------  ---------  ---------
</TABLE>
 
10. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
   
    The Company sells products to two of its shareholders and also contracts for
certain products and production services with these shareholders. In addition to
revenues from affiliates and accounts receivable from affiliates as shown on the
financial  statements, a summary of  these transactions as of  and for the three
months ended March 30, 1996 and April  1, 1995 and the years ended December  31,
1995, 1994 and 1993 are as follows:
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                DECEMBER 31,
                                               MARCH 30,   APRIL 1,  ----------------------------------
                                                 1996        1995       1995        1994        1993
                                               ---------   --------  ----------  ----------  ----------
<S>                                            <C>         <C>       <C>         <C>         <C>
Total purchases of production services.......  $  1,000    $  1,000  $   44,000  $   91,000  $  210,000
Accounts payable.............................     1,000       1,000      --           8,000      28,000
</TABLE>
    
 
11. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
    During  1995,  the Company  received a  favorable  arbitration award  from a
dispute with A.  B. Dick Company,  a former customer.  The Company recognized  a
gain  of $192,000 after expenses of approximately $142,000 in this dispute. This
gain is included in the statements of operations under other income (expense).
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>
                                PRINTWARE, INC.
            NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS FOR THE THREE MONTHS ENDED
        MARCH 30, 1996 AND APRIL 1, 1995 (UNAUDITED) AND THE YEARS ENDED
                  DECEMBER 31, 1995, 1994 AND 1993 (CONTINUED)
 
11. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (CONTINUED)
    The Company is involved in various other legal actions in the normal  course
of  business. Management is of the opinion that the outcome of such actions will
not have a significant effect on the Company's financial position or results  of
operations.
 
    401(K) PROFIT SHARING PLAN
 
    The  Company's  401(k)  Profit  Sharing  Plan  (the  "401(k)  Plan")  became
effective August 1, 1994. The 401(k)  Plan is intended to qualify under  Section
401(k)  of the Internal Revenue  Code. All employees employed  by the Company in
the United States for at least 30 hours per week are eligible to participate  in
the 401(k) Plan as of the next calendar quarter following one year after date of
hire  by the Company. Each eligible employee  may contribute to the 401(k) Plan,
through payroll deductions, up to 15% of his or her salary, subject to statutory
limitations.  The  401(k)  Plan  permits,  but  does  not  require,   additional
contributions  to the 401(k) Plan by the Company of up to 2% of the compensation
paid by  the Company  to each  employee in  the previous  calendar quarter.  The
Company's  contributions are made  at the discretion of  the Board of Directors,
within the limits of the 401(k) Plan. The Company has made a contribution of  1%
of  the  compensation  of each  participating  employee each  quarter  since the
adoption of the 401(k) Plan. The Company's contributions to the 401(k) Plan were
$4,576 and $4,246 for the  three months ended March 30,  1996 and April 1,  1995
and  $13,352  and  $4,769  for  the years  ended  December  31,  1995  and 1994,
respectively. There were no contributions in 1993.
 
12. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
    The Company is planning  an initial public offering  of 1,200,000 shares  of
Common  Stock at an assumed initial public offering price of $6.50 per share. In
addition, current shareholders are  planning to offer  400,000 shares of  Common
Stock  to the public at such time. The Company will grant to the Underwriters an
over-allotment option pursuant to which an additional 240,000 shares may be sold
(180,000 shares from the Company  and 60,000 shares from existing  shareholders)
on  the same terms for the purpose  of covering any over-allotment sales made in
the public offering. In  connection with the  proposed initial public  offering,
the  Representative of the Underwriters would be granted warrants to purchase up
to 120,000 shares of Common  Stock at 120% of  the price to public,  exercisable
commencing one year after the date of the Offering for a period of four years.
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>
 
                          [INSIDE BACK COVER GRAPHICS]
 
Photographs showing various Printware products:
 
Top right-hand photo:       Model 1440 APF Platesetter
Text below photo:           The Model 1440 APF Platesetter for bulk-fed metal
                             printing plates.
 
Middle right-hand photo:    Model 1440 EZ Platesetter
Text next to photo:         The Model 1440 EZ Platesetter produces paper and
                             metal printing plates.
 
Lower right-hand photo:     Supplies for Model 1440 Platesetters
Text next to photo:         Printware provides a full line of supplies for its
                             Model 1440 Platesetters.
 
Top left-hand photo:        Model 1440 ZNX Platesetter
Text below photo:           The Model 1440 ZNX Platesetter produces paper
                             printing plates directly from a computer.
 
Bottom left-hand photo:     Raster Image Processor
Text below photo:           Raster Image Processor (RIPs) connect Platesetters
                             to computer networks.
 
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
    NO  DEALER,  SALESPERSON OR  OTHER PERSON  HAS BEEN  AUTHORIZED TO  GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE  ANY REPRESENTATION NOT CONTAINED  IN THIS PROSPECTUS  IN
CONNECTION  WITH THE OFFER MADE  IN THIS PROSPECTUS AND,  IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH
INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATION MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN  AUTHORIZED
BY  THE COMPANY, THE  UNDERWRITERS OR THE  SELLING SHAREHOLDERS. THIS PROSPECTUS
DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR  SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY ANY  OF
THE  SECURITIES OFFERED HEREBY BY ANYONE IN ANY JURISDICTION IN WHICH SUCH OFFER
OR SOLICITATION IS NOT AUTHORIZED  OR IN WHICH THE  PERSON MAKING SUCH OFFER  OR
SOLICITATION  IS NOT QUALIFIED TO DO  SO OR TO ANYONE TO  WHOM IT IS UNLAWFUL TO
MAKE SUCH OFFER OR SOLICITATION. NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS NOR ANY
SALE MADE HEREUNDER SHALL  UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTANCES  CREATE ANY IMPLICATION  THAT
THE  AFFAIRS OF THE COMPANY  SINCE THE DATE HEREOF  OR THE INFORMATION HEREIN IS
CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE OF THIS PROSPECTUS.
                             ---------------------
 
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            PAGE
                                                                            ----
<S>                                                                         <C>
Prospectus Summary........................................................     3
Risk Factors..............................................................     5
Use of Proceeds...........................................................     8
Dividend Policy...........................................................     8
Capitalization............................................................     8
Dilution..................................................................     9
Selected Financial Data...................................................    10
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
 Operations...............................................................    11
Business..................................................................    16
Management................................................................    25
Certain Transactions......................................................    30
Principal and Selling Shareholders........................................    31
Description of Capital Stock..............................................    32
Shares Eligible for Future Sales..........................................    33
Underwriting..............................................................    35
Experts...................................................................    36
Legal Matters.............................................................    36
Additional Information....................................................    37
Index to Financial Statements.............................................   F-1
</TABLE>
    
 
                             ---------------------
 
    UNTIL            , 1996, ALL  DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS  IN THE  COMMON
STOCK,  WHETHER OR  NOT PARTICIPATING IN  THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY  BE REQUIRED TO
DELIVER A  PROSPECTUS. THIS  IS IN  ADDITION  TO THE  OBLIGATION OF  DEALERS  TO
DELIVER  A  PROSPECTUS WHEN  ACTING AS  UNDERWRITERS AND  WITH RESPECT  TO THEIR
UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.
 
                                1,600,000 SHARES
 
                                     [LOGO]
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
 
                             ---------------------
 
                                   PROSPECTUS
 
                               ------------------
 
                              [R.J. STEICHEN LOGO]
 
                                          , 1996
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                                    PART II
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 13.  OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION.
 
    The  following fees and expenses  will be paid by  the Company in connection
with issuance and distribution  of the securities registered  hereby and do  not
include underwriting commissions and discounts. All of such expenses, except for
the SEC, NASD and Nasdaq fees are estimated.
 
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                 <C>
SEC registration fee..............................................  $   4,441
NASD filing fee...................................................      1,788
Nasdaq fee........................................................     36,750
Legal fees and expenses...........................................     55,000
Accounting fees and expenses......................................     50,000
Blue Sky fees and expenses........................................      1,800
Transfer agent and registrar fees.................................      1,000
Printing expenses.................................................     60,000
Miscellaneous.....................................................     26,221
                                                                    ---------
    Total.........................................................  $ 237,000
                                                                    ---------
                                                                    ---------
</TABLE>
    
 
ITEM 14.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.
 
    The  Articles of  Incorporation and  Bylaws of  Printware, Inc.  provide for
indemnification of  directors to  the  full extent  permitted by  the  Minnesota
Business  Corporation Act.  Minnesota Statutes  Section302A.521 provides  that a
Minnesota business corporation shall  indemnify any director, officer,  employee
or  agent  of  the corporation  made  or threatened  to  be  made a  party  to a
proceeding, by reason  of the former  or present official  capacity (as  defined
therein)  of the  person, against  judgments, penalties,  fines, settlements and
reasonable expenses incurred by the person in connection with the proceeding  if
certain statutory standards are met. "Proceeding" means a threatened, pending or
completed   civil,  criminal,   administrative,  arbitration   or  investigative
proceeding, including one by or in the right of Printware, Inc.
 
    Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities  Act
may  be permitted to directors, officers  or persons controlling Printware, Inc.
pursuant to the foregoing provisions, Printware, Inc. has been informed that  in
the  opinion of the  Securities and Exchange  Commission such indemnification is
against public  policy as  expressed  in the  Securities  Act and  is  therefore
unenforceable.
 
    Under  Section  7(c)  of the  Underwriting  Agreement filed  as  Exhibit 1.1
hereto, the  Underwriters  agree to  indemnify,  under certain  conditions,  the
Company,  its directors,  certain of  its officers  and persons  who control the
Company within the meaning of the Securities Act against certain liabilities.
 
ITEM 15.  RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES.
 
    The information in this  Item gives retroactive  effect to the  one-for-four
reverse stock split of the Company which was effective April 25, 1996.
 
                                      II-1
<PAGE>
    The  Company has sold the following  unregistered securities during the past
three years (since March 30, 1993):
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                NO. SHARES OF       PRICE
  DATE                 PURCHASER                COMMON STOCK      PER SHARE
- ---------  ---------------------------------  -----------------  -----------
<C>        <S>                                <C>                <C>
04/21/93   William Fuess, Esq.(1)                       587       $    3.00
09/01/93   William Fuess, Esq.(1)                       300            3.00
11/26/93   Employee ISO exercise                        650            3.00
11/26/93   Employee ISO exercise                         50            3.00
12/27/93   Employee ISO exercise                         50            3.00
 
01/22/94   Daniel A. Baker(2)                         2,500            3.00
02/11/94   Employee ISO exercise                         50            3.00
03/14/94   Employee ISO exercise                         50            3.00
03/18/94   William Fuess, Esq.(1)                       300            3.00
08/30/94   Employee ISO exercise                         25            3.00
10/28/94   Employee ISO exercise                         25            3.00
12/29/94   Minnesota Technology, Inc.(3)              5,500            3.00
 
01/20/95   Employee ISO exercise                         75            3.00
01/22/95   Daniel A. Baker(2)                         2,500            3.00
03/24/95   Employee ISO exercise                        262            3.00
09/29/95   Employee ISO exercise                         25            3.00
12/01/95   Employee ISO exercise                        375            3.00
01/22/96   Daniel A. Baker(2)                         2,500            3.00
02/28/96   Employee ISO exercise                        200            3.00
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------------------
   
(1) These  shares were  issused to  William Fuess,  Esq., the  Company's  patent
    counsel, in consideration for patent services he provided to the Company.
    
 
   
(2)  These shares were issued to Dr. Baker pursuant to an agreement made between
    him and  the Company  in January  1993  that provided  that if  he  remained
    employed  by the  Company he  would be  issued a  total of  10,000 shares in
    annual installments  of  2,500 shares.  Each  issuance of  shares  has  been
    accounted for as taxable compensation.
    
 
   
(3)  These  shares were  issued to  Minnesota  Technology, Inc.  as part  of the
    extinguishment of debt owed to it by the Company that is referred to in  the
    fourth paragraph of footnote 3 to the Financial Statements.
    
 
   
    Each of the above transactions involved the offering of such securities to a
limited  number of persons who took the securities as an investment for his, her
or its own account and not with a view to a distribution thereof. Based in  part
on  the foregoing the Company has been  advised by counsel that the transactions
enumerated above were transactions not involving any public offering within  the
meaning of Sections 3(b) or 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
    
 
ITEM 16.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
    (a) Exhibits
 
   
<TABLE>
<C>       <S>
   1.1    Underwriting Agreement
   1.2    Selected Dealers' Agreement
   1.3    Agreement Among Underwriters
   3.1*   Articles of Incorporation, as amended
   3.2*   Bylaws of the Company
   4.1    Form of Common Stock Certificate
   5.1    Opinion of Lindquist & Vennum P.L.L.P.
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-2
<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<C>       <S>
  10.1*   Incentive Stock Option Plan of 1985
  10.2*   1986 Incentive Stock Option Plan
  10.3*   1996 Stock Plan
  10.4*   1996 Employee Stock Purchase Plan
  10.5*   Form of 1996 Bonus Compensation Plan for executive officers
  10.6*   Change in Control Severance Agreement dated April 25, 1996
  10.7*   Office/Warehouse Lease dated December 22, 1992 between the Company and
           The Northwestern Mutual Life Insurance Company
  10.8*   Plate  Material Agreement dated December  11, 1991 between the Company
           and E.J. Gaisser, Inc.(1)
  10.9*   Supply Agreement dated May 2, 1991 between the Company and  Polychrome
           Corporation(1)
  10.10*  License  Agreement  dated May  17, 1985  among the  Company, Minnesota
           Mining and Manufacturing Company and Allen L. Taylor
  10.11*  Purchase Agreement  dated  January 1,  1995  between the  Company  and
           Deluxe Corporation, as amended December 12, 1995(1)
  11.1*   Statement re computation of Per Share Earnings/Losses
  23.1    Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP
  23.2    Consent of Lindquist & Vennum P.L.L.P., included in Exhibit 5.1
  24.1*   Power of Attorney, included in the Signature Page
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------------------------
   
 *  Previously filed with the initial filing of this Registration Statement.
    
 
(1)  Certain information has been deleted from this exhibit and filed separately
    with the  Securities  and Exchange  Commission  pursuant to  a  request  for
    confidential treatment under Rule 406.
 
    (b) Financial Statement Schedules
 
   
    Schedule II Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
    
 
   
        All  other  schedules  have been  omitted  because they  are  either not
    required, are not applicable,  or the required information  is shown in  the
    Financial Statements and related notes.
    
 
ITEM 17.  UNDERTAKINGS
 
    Insofar  as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
of 1933 may be permitted to  directors, officers and controlling persons of  the
Registrant  pursuant to the  foregoing provisions, or  otherwise, the Registrant
has been advised that in the  opinion of the Securities and Exchange  Commission
such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act
and  is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification
against such liabilities (other than the  payment by the Registrant of  expenses
incurred  or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant
in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such
director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities  being
registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter
had  been settled  by controlling  precedent, submit  to a  court of appropriate
jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is public policy as
expressed in the Securities Act and  will be governed by the final  adjudication
of such issue.
 
    The Registrant hereby undertakes that:
 
        (1)  It will provide to the Underwriter  at the closing specified in the
    Underwriting Agreement certificates in such denominations and registered  in
    such  names as required by the Underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each
    purchaser.
 
                                      II-3
<PAGE>
        (2) For purposes of determining  any liability under the Securities  Act
    of  1933, the information omitted from the  form of prospectus filed as part
    of this Registration Statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a
    form of prospectus  filed by the  Registrant pursuant to  Rule 424(b)(1)  or
    (4),  or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall  be deemed to be part of this
    Registration Statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
        (3) For the purpose  of determining any  liability under the  Securities
    Act  of  1933,  each  post-effective  amendment  that  contains  a  form  of
    prospectus shall be deemed  to be a new  registration statement relating  to
    the securities offered therein, and this offering of such securities at that
    time be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
                                      II-4
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES
 
   
    Pursuant  to the requirements of the  Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant
has duly caused this Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement to be  signed
on  its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of St.
Paul, State of Minnesota, on the 18th day of June, 1996.
    
 
   
                                PRINTWARE, INC.
 
                                By:              /s/ DANIEL A. BAKER
                                         -----------------------------------
                                               Daniel A. Baker, Ph.D.,
                                         PRESIDENT, CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
                                                    AND DIRECTOR
 
    
 
   
    Pursuant to the requirements of the  Securities Act of 1933, this  Amendment
No.  1 to the Registration  Statement has been signed below  on June 18, 1996 by
the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
               SIGNATURE                           TITLE
- ----------------------------------------  ------------------------
<C>                                       <S>                       <C>
                   *                      President, Chief
  ------------------------------------     Executive Officer and
         Daniel A. Baker, Ph.D.            Director
 
                                          Executive Vice President
                   *                       and Chief Financial
  ------------------------------------     Officer (principal
          Thomas W. Petschauer             financial and
                                           accounting officer)
 
                                                                    *By  /s/ DANIEL A. BAKER
                   *                                                 ----------------------
  ------------------------------------    Director                      ATTORNEY-IN-FACT
         Allen L. Taylor, Ph.D.                                           June 18, 1996
 
                   *
  ------------------------------------    Director
            Donald V. Mager
 
                   *
  ------------------------------------    Director and Secretary
           Brian D. Shiffman
 
                   *
  ------------------------------------    Director
            Jerry K. Twogood
 
                   *
  ------------------------------------    Director
           Charles M. Osborne
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-5
<PAGE>
                SCHEDULE II -- VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              ADDITIONS
                                                     ---------------------------
                                        BALANCE AT   CHARGED TO
                                       BEGINNING OF   COSTS AND     CHARGED TO    DEDUCTIONS --   BALANCE AT END
DESCRIPTION                               PERIOD      EXPENSES    OTHER ACCOUNTS    WRITE-OFFS      OF PERIOD
- -------------------------------------  ------------  -----------  --------------  --------------  --------------
<S>                                    <C>           <C>          <C>             <C>             <C>
Year ended December 31, 1995
    Allowance for Doubtful
     Accounts........................   $   21,538    $  --        $    4,335(1)   $       (960)    $   24,913
    Inventory Reserve................      516,039      374,000         --             (344,920)       545,119
 
Year ended December 31, 1994
    Allowance for Doubtful
     Accounts........................   $   67,263    $ (31,000)   $    --         $    (14,725)    $   21,538
    Inventory Reserve................      525,126      215,000       679,434(2)       (903,521)       516,039
 
Year ended December 31, 1993.........
    Allowance for Doubtful
     Accounts........................   $   67,600    $  36,000    $    --         $    (36,337)    $   67,263
    Inventory Reserve................      553,690      560,000         --             (588,564)       525,126
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------------
(1) Collection of customer accounts previously written off.
 
(2) Inventory related to cancelled production contract.

<PAGE>

                                PRINTWARE, INC.

                     1,600,000 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK(1)

                            UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

                                                              ___________, 1996

R. J. Steichen & Company
Midwest Plaza, Suite 1100
801 Nicollet Mall
Minneapolis, MN  55402

Ladies/Gentlemen: 

    Printware, Inc., a Minnesota corporation (the "Company"), and the 
shareholders of the Company named in Schedule I hereto (the "Selling 
Shareholders"), addressing you as the representative (the "Representative") 
of each of the underwriters, including the Representative, named in Schedule 
II hereto (the "Underwriters"), hereby severally confirm their agreement to 
sell to the Underwriters an aggregate of 1,600,000 shares (the "Firm Shares") 
of common stock, no par value ("Common Stock"), of the Company.  The Firm 
Shares consist of 1,200,000 authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to 
be issued and sold by the Company and, as described in Schedule I hereto, 
400,000 outstanding shares of Common Stock to be sold by the Selling 
Shareholders.  The Company and the Selling Shareholders also hereby severally 
confirm their agreement to grant to the Underwriters an option to purchase up 
to 240,000 additional shares of Common Stock (the "Option Shares") on the 
terms and for the purposes set forth in Section 2(b) hereof.  The Option 
Shares consist of 180,000 authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to 
be issued and sold by the Company and 60,000 outstanding shares of Common 
Stock to be sold by the Selling Shareholders.  As used in this Agreement, the 
term "Shares" shall consist of the Firm Shares and the Option Shares.  The 
Company also hereby confirms its agreement to issue to the Representative 
warrants for the purchase of a total of 120,000 shares of Common Stock as 
described in Section 6 hereof (the "Representative's Warrants"), assuming 
purchase by the Underwriters of the Firm Shares.  The shares issuable upon 
exercise of the Representative's Warrants are referred to in this Agreement 
as the "Warrant Shares."

1.  REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND AGREEMENTS OF THE COMPANY AND THE SELLING 
SHAREHOLDERS.  

    (a)  The Company represents and warrants to and agrees with each of the 
    Underwriters as follows:

         (i)  A registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-03629) with 
         respect to the Shares, including a prospectus subject to completion, 
         has been prepared by 

- ----------------
(1)  Plus an option to purchase up to 240,000 additional shares to cover over-
     allotments.


                                      -1-


<PAGE>


         the Company in conformity with the requirements of the Securities 
         Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), and the rules and 
         regulations (the "Rules and Regulations") of the Securities and 
         Exchange Commission (the "SEC") thereunder and has been filed with 
         the SEC under the Securities Act; one or more amendments to such 
         registration statement have also been so prepared and have been, or 
         will be, so filed.  Copies of the registration statement and 
         amendments and each related preliminary prospectus to date have 
         been delivered by the Company to the Underwriters.  If the Company 
         has elected not to rely upon Rule 430A of the Rules and 
         Regulations, the Company has prepared and will promptly file an 
         amendment to the registration statement and an amended prospectus.  
         If the Company has elected to rely upon Rule 430A of the Rules and 
         Regulations, it will prepare and file a prospectus pursuant to Rule 
         424(b) that discloses the information previously omitted from the 
         prospectus in reliance upon Rule 430A.  Such registration statement 
         as amended at the time it is or was declared effective by the SEC 
         and, in the event of any amendment thereto after the effective date 
         and prior to the First Closing Date (as hereinafter defined), such 
         registration statement as so amended (but only from and after the 
         effectiveness of such amendment), including the information deemed 
         to be part of the registration statement at the time of 
         effectiveness pursuant to Rule 430A(b), if applicable, is 
         hereinafter called the "Registration Statement."  The prospectus 
         included in the Registration Statement at the time it is or was 
         declared effective by the SEC is hereinafter called the 
         "Prospectus," except that if any prospectus filed by the Company 
         with the SEC pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the Rules and Regulations 
         or any other prospectus provided to the Underwriters by the Company 
         for use in connection with the offering of the Shares (whether or 
         not required to be filed by the Company with the SEC pursuant to 
         Rule 424(b) of the Rules and Regulations) differs from the 
         prospectus on file at the time the Registration Statement is or was 
         declared effective by the SEC, the term "Prospectus" shall refer to 
         such differing prospectus from and after the time such prospectus 
         is filed with the SEC or transmitted to the SEC for filing pursuant 
         to such Rule 424(b) or from and after the time it is first provided 
         to the Underwriters by the Company for such use.  The term 
         "Preliminary Prospectus" as used herein means any preliminary 
         prospectus included in the Registration Statement prior to the time 
         it becomes or became effective under the Securities Act and any 
         prospectus subject to completion as described in Rule 430A of the 
         Rules and Regulations.
         
         (ii)  At the time the Registration Statement is or was declared 
         effective by the SEC and at all times subsequent thereto up to the 
         "First Closing Date" and the "Second Closing Date" (as such terms 
         are hereinafter defined), the Registration Statement and 
         Prospectus, and all amendments thereof and supplements thereto, 
         will comply or complied with the provisions and requirements of the 
         Securities Act and the Rules and Regulations.  Neither the SEC nor 
         any state securities authority has issued any order preventing or 
         suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus or requiring the 
         recirculation of a Preliminary Prospectus, or issued a stop order 
         with respect to the offering of the Shares (if the Registration 
         Statement has been declared effective), or instituted or, to the 
         Company's knowledge, threatened the institution of, proceedings for 
         any of such purposes.  When the 


                                      -2-


<PAGE>


         Registration Statement shall become effective and when any 
         post-effective amendment thereto shall become effective, the 
         Registration Statement (as amended, if the Company shall have filed 
         with the SEC any post-effective amendments thereto) will not or did 
         not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to 
         state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in 
         light of the circumstances under which they were made, not 
         misleading.  When the Registration Statement is or was declared 
         effective by the SEC and at all times subsequent thereto up to the 
         First Closing Date and the Second Closing Date, the Prospectus (as 
         amended or supplemented, if the Company shall have filed with the 
         SEC any amendment thereof or supplement thereto) will not or did 
         not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to 
         state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements 
         therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, 
         not misleading.  When any Preliminary Prospectus was first filed 
         with the SEC and when any amendment thereof or supplement thereto 
         was first filed with the SEC, such Preliminary Prospectus and any 
         amendment thereof and supplement thereto complied in all material 
         respects with the applicable provisions of the Securities Act and 
         the Rules and Regulations and did not contain an untrue statement 
         of a material fact and did not omit to state any material fact 
         necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading.  
         None of the representations and warranties in this Subsection 1(a) 
         shall apply to statements in, or omissions from, the Registration 
         Statement or the Prospectus, or any amendment thereof or supplement 
         thereto, which are based upon and conform to written information 
         relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company by such 
         Underwriter specifically for use in the preparation of the 
         Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or any such amendment or 
         supplement.  

         (iii)  The Company has no subsidiaries and is not affiliated with 
         any other company or business entity, except as disclosed in the 
         Prospectus. The Company has been duly incorporated and is validly 
         existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the 
         jurisdiction of its incorporation, with full power and authority 
         (corporate and other) to own, lease and operate its properties and 
         conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement and 
         Prospectus; the Company is duly qualified to do business as a 
         foreign corporation and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in 
         which the ownership or lease of its properties or the conduct of 
         its business requires such qualification and in which the failure 
         to be qualified or in good standing would have a material adverse 
         effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), earnings, 
         operations or business of the Company; and no proceeding has been 
         instituted in any such jurisdiction revoking, limiting or 
         curtailing, or seeking to revoke, limit or curtail, such power and 
         authority or qualification.

         (iv)  The Company has and is operating in material compliance with 
         all authorizations, licenses, certificates, consents, permits, 
         approvals and orders of and from all state, federal and other 
         governmental regulatory officials and bodies necessary to own its 
         properties and to conduct its business as described in the 
         Registration Statement and Prospectus, all of which are, to the 
         Company's knowledge, valid and in full force and effect; the 
         Company is conducting its 


                                      -3-


<PAGE>


         business in substantial compliance with all applicable laws, rules 
         and regulations of the jurisdictions in which it is conducting 
         business; and the Company is not in material violation of any 
         applicable law, order, rule, regulation, writ, injunction, judgment 
         or decree of any court, government or governmental agency or body, 
         domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or over 
         its properties.  Except as set forth in the Registration Statement 
         and Prospectus, (A) the Company is in material compliance with all 
         material rules, laws and regulations relating to the use, 
         treatment, storage and disposal of toxic substances and protection 
         of health or the environment (the "Environmental Laws") which are 
         applicable to its business, (B) the Company has received no notice 
         from any governmental authority or third party of an asserted claim 
         under Environmental Laws, which claim is required to be disclosed 
         in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, (C) the Company 
         will not be required to make any future material capital 
         expenditures to comply with Environmental Laws, and (D) no 
         property which is owned, leased or occupied by the Company has been 
         designated as a Superfund site pursuant to the Comprehensive 
         Response, Compensation and Liability Act of 1980, as amended (42 
         U.S.C. Section 9601, ET SEQ.), or otherwise designated as a 
         contaminated site under applicable state or local law.  
         
         (v)  The Company is not in violation of its articles of 
         incorporation or bylaws or in default in the performance or 
         observance of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition 
         contained in any bond, debenture, note or other evidence of 
         indebtedness or in any contract, lease, indenture, mortgage, loan 
         agreement, joint venture or other agreement or instrument to which 
         it is a party or by which it or its properties are bound, which 
         default is material to the business of the Company.  
         
         (vi)  The Company has full requisite power and authority to enter 
         into this Agreement and perform the transactions contemplated 
         hereby.  This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and 
         delivered by the Company and is a valid and binding agreement on 
         the part of the Company, enforceable against the Company in 
         accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited 
         by the application of bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, 
         moratorium or other similar laws affecting the rights of creditors 
         generally and by judicial limitations on the right of specific 
         performance, and except as the enforceability of the 
         indemnification or contribution provisions hereof may be affected 
         by applicable federal or state securities laws.  The performance of 
         this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions herein 
         contemplated will not result in a material breach or violation of 
         any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a material 
         default under, (A) any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan 
         agreement, bond, debenture, note, agreement or other evidence of 
         indebtedness, any lease, contract, indenture, mortgage, loan 
         agreement, joint venture or other agreement or instrument to which 
         the Company is a party or by which the Company or its properties 
         may be bound, (B) the articles of incorporation or bylaws of the 
         Company, or (C) any material applicable law, order, rule, 
         regulation, writ, injunction, judgment or decree of any court, 
         government or governmental agency or body, domestic or foreign, 
         having jurisdiction over the Company or over its 


                                      -4-


<PAGE>


         properties.  No consent, approval, authorization or order of or 
         qualification with any court, governmental agency or body, domestic 
         or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or over its 
         properties is required for the execution and delivery of this 
         Agreement and the consummation by the Company of the transactions 
         herein contemplated, except such as may be required under the 
         Securities Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended 
         (the "Exchange Act"), or under state or other securities or Blue 
         Sky laws, all of which requirements have been satisfied.
         
         (vii)  Except as is otherwise expressly described in the 
         Registration Statement or Prospectus, there is not any pending or, 
         to the best of the Company's knowledge, threatened, any action, 
         suit, claim or proceeding against the Company or any of its 
         officers or any of its properties, assets or rights before any 
         court, government or governmental agency or body, domestic or 
         foreign, having jurisdiction over the Company or over its officers 
         or properties or otherwise which (i) might result in any material 
         adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise), earnings, 
         operations or business of the Company or might materially and 
         adversely affect its properties, assets or rights, or (ii) might 
         prevent consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.
         
         (viii)  The Company has, and at the First Closing Date and Second 
         Closing Date (collectively, the "Closing Dates") will have, the 
         duly authorized and outstanding capitalization set forth in the 
         Prospectus.  All outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company 
         (including the Shares to be sold hereunder by the Selling 
         Shareholders) are duly authorized and validly issued, fully paid 
         and non-assessable, have been issued in compliance with all federal 
         and state securities laws, were not issued in violation of or 
         subject to any preemptive rights or other rights to subscribe for 
         or purchase securities, and the authorized and outstanding capital 
         stock of the Company conforms in all material respects with the 
         statements relating thereto contained in the Registration Statement 
         and the Prospectus; the Shares to be sold hereunder by the Company 
         have been duly authorized for issuance and sale to the Underwriters 
         pursuant to this Agreement and, when issued and delivered by the 
         Company against payment therefor in accordance with the terms of 
         this Agreement, will be duly and validly issued and fully paid and 
         nonassessable and will be sold free and clear of any pledge, lien, 
         security interest, encumbrance, claim or equitable interest; and no 
         preemptive right, co-sale right, registration right, right of first 
         refusal or other similar right of shareholders exists with respect 
         to any of the Shares to be sold hereunder by the Company or the 
         issuance and sale thereof, or the issuance and sale or exercise of 
         the Representative's Warrants, other than those that have been 
         expressly waived prior to the date hereof or those that have been 
         or will be satisfied by the participation of the Selling 
         Shareholders in the transactions to which this Agreement relates.  
         Except as disclosed in the Prospectus, the Company has no 
         outstanding options to purchase, or any preemptive rights or other 
         rights to subscribe for or to purchase, any securities or 
         obligations convertible into, or any contracts or commitments to 
         issue or sell, shares of its capital stock or any such options, 
         rights, convertible securities or obligations.  The certificates 
         evidencing the Shares 


                                      -5-


<PAGE>


         comply as to form with all applicable provisions of the laws of the 
         State of Minnesota. 
         
         (ix)  The Representative's Warrants and the Warrant Shares have 
         been duly authorized.  The Representative's Warrants, when issued 
         and delivered to the Representative, will constitute valid and 
         binding obligations of the Company in accordance with their terms, 
         except as enforceability may be limited by the application of 
         bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar 
         laws affecting the rights of creditors generally and by judicial 
         limitations on the right of specific performance.  The Warrant 
         Shares, when issued in accordance with the terms of this Agreement 
         and pursuant to the Representative's Warrants, will be fully paid 
         and non-assessable and subject to no preemptive rights or similar 
         rights on the part of any person or entity.  A sufficient number of 
         shares of Common Stock of the Company has been reserved for 
         issuance by the Company upon exercise of the Representative's 
         Warrants.
         
         (x)  Deloitte & Touche L.L.P., which has expressed its opinion with 
         respect to the financial statements filed as part of the 
         Registration Statement and included in the Registration Statement 
         and Prospectus, are independent accountants within the meaning of 
         the Securities Act and the Rules and Regulations.  The financial 
         statements of the Company set forth in the Registration Statement 
         and Prospectus comply in all material respects with the 
         requirements of the Securities Act and fairly present the financial 
         position and the results of operations of the Company at the 
         respective dates and for the respective periods to which they apply 
         in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles 
         consistently applied throughout the periods involved (subject, in 
         the case of unaudited financial statements, to normal year-end 
         adjustments which in the opinion of management of the Company are 
         not material, and except as otherwise stated therein); and the 
         supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement present 
         fairly the information required to be stated therein.  The selected 
         and summary financial and statistical data included in the 
         Registration Statement present fairly the information shown therein 
         and have been compiled on a basis consistent with the audited 
         financial statements presented therein.  No other financial 
         statements or schedules are required by the Securities Act or the 
         Rules and Regulations to be included in the Registration Statement.
         
         (xi)  Subsequent to the respective dates as of which information is 
         given in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, and at each 
         Closing Date, except as is otherwise disclosed in the Registration 
         Statement or Prospectus, there has not been:  (A) any change in the 
         capital stock or long-term debt (including any capitalized lease 
         obligation) or material increase in the short-term debt of the 
         Company; (B) any issuance of options, warrants, convertible 
         securities or other rights to purchase the capital stock of the 
         Company; (C) any material adverse change, or any development 
         involving a material adverse change, in or affecting the condition 
         (financial or otherwise), earnings, operations, business, or 
         business prospects, management, financial position, stockholders' 
         equity, results of operations or general condition of the Company; 
         (D) any material transaction 


                                      -6-


<PAGE>


         entered into by the Company; (E) any material obligation, direct or 
         contingent, incurred by the Company, except obligations incurred in 
         the ordinary course of business that, in the aggregate, are not 
         material; (F) any dividend or distribution of any kind declared, 
         paid or made on the capital stock of the Company; or (G) any loss 
         or damage (whether or not insured) to the property of the Company 
         which has been sustained which has a material adverse effect on the 
         condition (financial or otherwise), earnings, operations or 
         business of the Company.
         
         (xii)  Except as is otherwise expressly disclosed in the 
         Registration Statement or Prospectus, (A) the Company has good and 
         marketable title to all of the property, real and personal, and 
         assets described in the Registration Statement or Prospectus as 
         being owned by it, free and clear of any and all pledges, liens, 
         security interests, encumbrances, equities, charges or claims,  
         other than such as would not have a material adverse effect on the 
         condition (financial or otherwise), earnings, operations or 
         business of the Company, (B) the agreements to which the Company is 
         a party described in the Registration Statement and Prospectus are 
         valid agreements, enforceable by the Company, except as the 
         enforcement thereof may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, 
         insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws 
         relating to or affecting creditors' rights generally or by judicial 
         limitations on the right of specific performance, and (C) the 
         Company has valid and enforceable leases for all properties 
         described in the Registration Statement and Prospectus as leased by 
         it, except as the enforcement thereof may be limited by applicable 
         bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar 
         laws relating to or affecting creditors' rights generally or by 
         judicial limitations on the right of specific performance.  Except 
         as set forth in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, the 
         Company owns or leases all such properties as are necessary to its 
         operations as now conducted.
         
         (xiii)  The Company has timely filed (or has timely requested an 
         extension of time to file) all necessary federal and state income 
         and franchise tax returns and has paid all taxes shown thereon as 
         due; there is no tax deficiency that has been or, to the best of 
         the Company's knowledge, could be asserted against the Company that 
         might have a material adverse effect on the condition (financial or 
         otherwise), earnings, operations, business or properties of the 
         Company; and all tax liabilities are adequately provided for in the 
         books of the Company.  
         
         (xiv)  No labor disturbance by the employees of the Company exists 
         or, to the best of the Company's knowledge, is imminent.  Except as 
         disclosed in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, no 
         collective bargaining agreement exists with any of the employees of 
         the Company and, to the best of the Company's knowledge, no such 
         agreement is imminent.
         
         (xv)  The Company owns, or possesses adequate rights to use, all 
         patents, patent rights, inventions, trade secrets, know-how, 
         technology, service marks, trade names, copyrights, trademarks and 
         proprietary rights or information which are necessary for the 
         conduct of its present or intended business as described in the 


                                      -7-


<PAGE>


         Registration Statement or Prospectus; the expiration of any 
         patents, patent rights, trade secrets, trademarks, service marks, 
         trade names or copyrights would not have a material adverse effect 
         on the condition (financial or otherwise), earnings, operations or 
         business of the Company; and the Company has not received any 
         notice of, and has no knowledge of, any infringement of or conflict 
         with the asserted rights of others with respect to any patent, 
         patent rights, inventions, trade secrets, know-how, technology, 
         trade marks, service marks, trade names or copyrights which, singly 
         or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, 
         ruling or finding, might have a material adverse effect on the 
         condition (financial or otherwise), earnings, operations, business 
         or business prospects of the Company.  Except as disclosed in the 
         Registration Statement or Prospectus, the Company is not obligated 
         or under any liability whatsoever to make any payments by way of 
         royalties, fees or otherwise to any owner of, licensor of, or other 
         claimant to, any patent, patent rights, inventions, trade secrets, 
         know-how, technology, service marks, trade names, trademark, 
         copyright or other intangible asset, with respect to the use 
         thereof or in connection with the conduct of its business or 
         otherwise.  
         
         (xvi)  The Shares have been approved for quotation on The Nasdaq 
         National Market.
         
         (xvii)  The Company has no defined benefit pension plan or other 
         pension benefit plan which is intended to comply with the 
         provisions of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 
         as amended from time to time, except as disclosed in the 
         Registration Statement.
         
         (xviii)  The Company has not taken and will not take, directly or 
         indirectly, any action (and does not know of any action by its 
         directors, officers, shareholders or others) which has constituted 
         or is designed to, or which might reasonably be expected to, cause 
         or result in stabilization or manipulation, as defined in the 
         Exchange Act or otherwise, of the price of any security of the 
         Company to facilitate the sale or resale of the Shares.  The 
         Company has not distributed and will not distribute prior to the 
         later of (A) the First Closing Date or the Second Closing Date, as 
         the case may be, and (B) completion of the distribution of the 
         Shares, any offering material in connection with the offering and 
         sale of the Shares other than any Preliminary Prospectus, the 
         Prospectus, the Registration Statement and other materials, if any, 
         permitted by the Securities Act.  Except as is otherwise disclosed 
         in the Registration Statement or Prospectus, and to the best of the 
         Company's knowledge, no person is entitled, directly or indirectly, 
         to compensation from the Company for services as a "finder" or 
         otherwise in connection with the transactions contemplated by this 
         Agreement.
         
         (xix)  The Company maintains insurance, which is in full force and 
         effect, with insurers of recognized financial responsibility of the 
         types and in the amounts generally deemed adequate for their 
         respective businesses and, to the best of the Company's knowledge, 
         in line with the insurance maintained by similar companies and 
         businesses; and the Company has no reason to believe that it will 
         not be able 


                                      -8-


<PAGE>


         to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage 
         expires or to obtain similar coverage from similar insurers as may 
         be necessary to continue its business at a cost that would not 
         materially and adversely affect the condition (financial or 
         otherwise), earnings, operations, business or business prospects of 
         the Company.  
         
         (xx)  Each officer and director of the Company has agreed pursuant 
         to the form of Lock-up Agreement attached hereto as Appendix A (the 
         "Lock-up Agreement") that such person will not, for a period of six 
         (6) months from the date (the "Effective Date") that the 
         Registration Statement is declared effective by the SEC (the 
         "Lock-up Period"), without the prior written consent of the 
         Representative, offer to sell, contract to sell, sell, pledge, 
         hypothecate, transfer or otherwise dispose of, or grant any rights 
         with respect to (collectively, a "Disposition"), any shares of 
         Common Stock and options, warrants and other rights to purchase any 
         shares of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or 
         exchangeable or exercisable for shares of Common Stock now owned or 
         hereafter acquired by such person (collectively, "Securities") or 
         with respect to which such person has or hereafter acquires the 
         power of Disposition, other than the sale of the Shares by the 
         Selling Shareholders pursuant to this Agreement and other than as 
         permitted by the Lock-Up Agreement.  The Lock-Up Agreements shall 
         not be construed to prohibit the surrender to the Company for 
         cancellation shares of Common Stock in payment of the exercise 
         price of stock options granted under the Company's 1996 Stock Plan 
         ("1996 Plan"), 1986 Incentive Stock Option Plan ("1986 Plan"), or 
         the original Incentive Stock Option Plan adopted in 1985 ("1985 
         Plan").  (The 1996 Plan, 1986 Plan, and 1985 Plan shall herein be 
         collectively referred to as the "Plans").  The Company has provided 
         to counsel for the Underwriters ("Underwriters' Counsel") true, 
         accurate and complete copies of all of the Lock-up Agreements.  The 
         Company has provided to Underwriters' Counsel a complete and 
         accurate list of all securityholders of the Company and the number 
         and type of securities held by each securityholder.

         (xxi)  The Company has not at any time during the last five (5) 
         years made any unlawful contribution to any candidate for an office 
         or failed to disclose fully any contribution in violation of law, 
         or made any payment to any federal or state governmental officer or 
         official, domestic or foreign, or other person charged with similar 
         public or quasi-public duties, other than payments required or 
         permitted by the laws of the United States or any jurisdiction 
         thereof.  The Company maintains a system of internal accounting 
         controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that 
         transactions are executed in accordance with management's general 
         or specific authorizations, transactions are recorded as necessary 
         to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with 
         generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain 
         accountability for assets, access to assets is permitted only in 
         accordance with management's general or specific authorization, and 
         the recorded accountability for assets is compared with existing 
         assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with 
         respect to any differences.


                                      -9-


<PAGE>


         (xxii)  Neither the Company nor any of its affiliates is presently 
         doing business with the government of Cuba or with any person or 
         affiliate located in Cuba.

    (b)  Each Selling Shareholder represents and warrants to and agrees with 
    each of the Underwriters as follows:

         (i)  Such Selling Shareholder now has, and on each Closing Date 
         will have, valid title to the Shares to be sold by such Selling 
         Shareholder on that Closing Date, free and clear of any pledge, 
         lien, security interest, encumbrance, claim or equitable interest 
         other than pursuant to this Agreement; and upon payment for and 
         delivery of such Shares hereunder, the Underwriters will obtain 
         valid and marketable title thereto, free and clear of any pledge, 
         lien, security interest, encumbrance, claim or equitable interest.  
         Such Selling Shareholder is selling the Shares to be sold by such 
         Selling Shareholder for such Selling Shareholder's own account and 
         is not selling such Shares, directly or indirectly, for the benefit 
         of the Company, and no part of the proceeds of such sale received 
         by such Selling Shareholder will inure, either directly or 
         indirectly, to the benefit of the Company.
         
         (ii)  Such Selling Shareholder has duly authorized (if applicable), 
         executed and delivered, in the form heretofore furnished to the 
         Representative, an irrevocable Power of Attorney of Selling 
         Shareholder (the "Power of Attorney") appointing Daniel A. Baker 
         and Thomas W. Petschauer as attorneys-in-fact (collectively, the 
         "Attorneys" and individually, an "Attorney") and a Custody 
         Agreement (the "Custody Agreement") with American Securities 
         Transfer, Incorporated, as custodian (the "Custodian"); each of the 
         Power of Attorney and the Custody Agreement constitutes a valid and 
         binding agreement on the part of such Selling Shareholder, 
         enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as the enforcement 
         thereof may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, 
         reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws relating to or 
         affecting creditors' rights generally or by judicial limitations on 
         the right of specific performance; and each of the Attorneys, 
         acting alone, is authorized to execute and deliver this Agreement 
         and the certificate referred to in Section 5(l) hereof signed by or 
         on behalf of such Selling Shareholder, to determine the purchase 
         price to be paid by the several Underwriters to such Selling 
         Shareholder as provided in Section 2(a) hereof, to authorize the 
         delivery of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Shareholder under 
         this Agreement, to duly endorse (in blank or otherwise) the 
         certificate or certificates representing such Shares or a separate 
         stock power or powers with respect thereto, to accept payment 
         therefor, and otherwise to act on behalf of such Selling 
         Shareholder in connection with this Agreement.
         
         (iii)  All consents, approvals, authorizations and orders required 
         for the execution and delivery by such Selling Shareholder of the 
         Power of Attorney and the Custody Agreement, the execution and 
         delivery by or on behalf of such Selling Shareholder of this 
         Agreement and the sale and delivery of the Shares to be sold by 
         such Selling Shareholder under this Agreement (other than, at the 
         time of the execution hereof, if the Registration Statement has not 
         yet been declared effective by the SEC, the issuance of the order 
         of the SEC declaring the 


                                     -10-


<PAGE>


         Registration Statement effective and such consents, approvals, 
         authorizations or orders as may be necessary under state or other 
         securities or Blue Sky laws) have been obtained and, to the Selling 
         Shareholder's knowledge, are in full force and effect; such Selling 
         Shareholder, if other than a natural person, has been duly 
         organized and is validly existing in good standing under the laws 
         of the jurisdiction of its organization as the type of entity that 
         it purports to be; and such Selling Shareholder has the requisite 
         power and authority to enter into and perform its obligations under 
         this Agreement and the Power of Attorney and Custody Agreement, and 
         to sell, assign, transfer and deliver the Shares to be sold by such 
         Selling Shareholder under this Agreement.
         
         (iv)  During the Lock-Up Period, such Selling Shareholder will not, 
         without the prior written consent of the Representative, effect the 
         Disposition of any Securities now owned or hereafter acquired 
         directly by such Selling Shareholder or with respect to which such 
         Selling Shareholder has or hereafter acquires the power of 
         disposition.  Such Selling Shareholder also agrees and consents to 
         the entry of stop transfer instructions with the Company's transfer 
         agent against the transfer of the Securities held by such Selling 
         Shareholder except in compliance with this restriction.
         
         (v)  Pursuant to the Custody Agreement, certificates in negotiable 
         form for all Shares to be sold by such Selling Shareholder under 
         this Agreement, together with a stock power or powers duly endorsed 
         in blank by such Selling Shareholder and any other instruments, 
         agreements or documents necessary to validate the transfer of title 
         thereto, have been placed in custody with the Custodian for the 
         purpose of effecting delivery hereunder.
         
         (vi)  This Agreement has been duly authorized by each Selling 
         Shareholder that is not a natural person, it has been duly executed 
         and delivered by or on behalf of each Selling Shareholder, and it 
         is a valid and binding agreement of such Selling Shareholder, 
         enforceable against such Selling Shareholder in accordance with its 
         terms, except as rights to indemnification hereunder may be limited 
         by applicable law and except as the enforcement hereof may be 
         limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or 
         other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors' rights 
         generally or by judicial limitations on the right of specific 
         performance; and the performance of this Agreement and the 
         consummation of the transactions herein contemplated will not 
         result in a material breach or violation of any of the terms and 
         provisions of or constitute a default under any bond, debenture, 
         note or other evidence of indebtedness, or under any lease, 
         contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement, joint 
         venture or other agreement or instrument to which such Selling 
         Shareholder is a party or by which such Selling Shareholder, or any 
         Shares to be sold by such Selling Shareholder hereunder, may be 
         bound or, to such Selling Shareholders' knowledge, after reasonable 
         inquiry, result in any material violation of any applicable law, 
         order, rule, regulation, writ, injunction, judgment or decree of 
         any court, government or governmental agency or body, domestic or 
         foreign, having jurisdiction over such Selling Shareholder or over 
         the properties of such Selling 


                                     -11-


<PAGE>


         Shareholder, or, if such Selling Shareholder is other than a 
         natural person, result in any violation of any provisions of the 
         charter, bylaws or other organizational documents of such Selling 
         Shareholder.
         
         (vii)  Such Selling Shareholder has not taken and will not take, 
         directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that might 
         reasonably be expected to cause or result in the stabilization or 
         manipulation of the price of the Common Stock to facilitate the 
         sale or resale of the Shares.
         
         (viii)  Such Selling Shareholder has not distributed and will not 
         distribute any prospectus or other offering material in connection 
         with the offering and sale of the Shares other than the Prospectus 
         or the Registration Statement or, with respect to any such 
         distribution prior to the date hereof, any Preliminary Prospectus 
         current at such time.
         
         (ix)  All written information furnished to the Company by or on behalf
         of such Selling Shareholder specifically for inclusion in the
         Registration Statement or the Prospectus is, and the representations 
         and warranties of such Selling Shareholder set forth in such Selling 
         Shareholder's Power of Attorney are, and at the time the Registration 
         Statement became or becomes, as the case may be, effective and at 
         all times subsequent thereto up to and on each Closing Date, was or 
         will be, true, correct and complete in all material respects, and 
         does not, and at the time the Registration Statement became or 
         becomes, as the case may be, effective and at all times subsequent 
         thereto up to and on each Closing Date will not, contain any untrue 
         statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact 
         required to be stated therein or necessary to make such information 
         not misleading. Based on the current knowledge of each of Jerry K. 
         Twogood ("Twogood") and Charles M. Osborne ("Osborne") (who are
         executive officers of Deluxe Corporation ("Deluxe") and directors 
         of the Company), Deluxe hereby represents and warrants that the
         information concerning Deluxe appearing under the caption "Certain
         Transactions" in any Preliminary Prospectus and in the Prospectus 
         does not, and at the time the Registration Statement became or
         becomes, as the case may be, effective and at all times subsequent
         thereto and on each Closing Date will not, contain any untrue
         statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required
         to be stated therein or necessary to make such information not
         misleading.
         
         (x)  Such Selling Shareholder will review the Prospectus and will 
         comply with all agreements and satisfy all conditions on its part 
         to be complied with or satisfied pursuant to this Agreement on or 
         prior to each Closing Date and will advise one of its Attorneys and 
         the Representative prior to each Closing Date if any statement to 
         be made on behalf of such Selling Shareholder in the certificate 
         contemplated by Section 5(l) would be inaccurate if made as of such 
         Closing Date.
         
         (xi)  Such Selling Shareholder does not have, or has waived prior 
         to the date hereof, any preemptive right, co-sale right or right of 
         first refusal or other similar right to purchase any of the Shares 
         that are to be sold by the Company or any of the other Selling 
         Shareholders to the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement; such 
         Selling Shareholder does not have, or has waived prior to the date 
         hereof, any registration right or other similar right to 
         participate in the offering made by the Prospectus, other than such 
         rights of participation as have been satisfied by the participation 
         of such Selling Shareholder in the transactions to which this 
         Agreement relates; and such Selling Shareholder does not own any 
         warrants, options or similar rights to acquire, and does not have 
         any right or arrangement to acquire, any capital stock, rights, 
         warrants, options or other securities from the 


                                     -12-


<PAGE>


         Company, other than those included in the aggregate amount of such 
         securities described in the Registration Statement and the 
         Prospectus.

         (xii)  To the knowledge of such Selling Shareholder except Deluxe, the
         representations and warranties of the Company set forth in Section 1(a)
         hereof are true and correct. To the knowledge of Deluxe, which is 
         based upon the current knowledge of each of Twogood and Osborne, the 
         representations and warranties of the Company set forth in Section 1(a)
         hereof are true and correct in all material respects.

    (c)  Any certificate signed by any officer of the Company and delivered to 
    you or to Underwriters' Counsel shall be deemed a representation and 
    warranty by the Company to each Underwriter as to the matters covered 
    thereby; and any certificate signed by or on behalf of any Selling 
    Shareholder as such and delivered to the Representative or to 
    Underwriters' Counsel shall be deemed a representation and warranty by such 
    Selling Shareholder to each Underwriter as to the matters covered thereby.

2.  PURCHASE, SALE, DELIVERY AND PAYMENT.

    (a)  On the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements 
    herein contained, and subject to the terms and conditions herein set 
    forth, the Company and the Selling Shareholders agree, severally and not 
    jointly, to sell to the Underwriters, and each Underwriter agrees, 
    severally and not jointly, to purchase from the Company and the Selling 
    Shareholders, at a purchase price of $__________ per share, the 
    respective number of Firm Shares set forth opposite the names of the 
    Company and the Selling Shareholders in Schedule I hereto.  The 
    obligation of each Underwriter to each of the Company and the Selling 
    Shareholders shall be to purchase from each of the Company and the 
    Selling Shareholders that number of Firm Shares (to be adjusted by the 
    Representative to avoid fractional shares) which represents the same 
    proportion of the number of Firm Shares to be sold by each of the 
    Company and the Selling Shareholders pursuant to this Agreement as the 
    number of Firm Shares set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in 
    Schedule II hereto represents to the total number of Firm Shares to be 
    purchased by all Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement; and except as 
    provided in Section 2(c), the agreement of each Underwriter is to 
    purchase only the respective number of Firm Shares specified in Schedule 
    II.  The Underwriters will purchase all of the Firm Shares if any are 
    purchased.

    The Firm Shares will be delivered by the Company and the Custodian (for 
    the benefit of Selling Shareholders) to you for the accounts of the 
    several Underwriters against payment of the purchase price therefor by 
    wire transfer or other same day funds payable to the order of the 
    Company or the Custodian, as appropriate, at the offices of R. J. 
    Steichen & Company, Midwest Plaza, Suite 1100, 801 Nicollet Mall, 
    Minneapolis, Minnesota  55402 (or at such other place as may be agreed 
    upon by the Representative and the Company), at 9:00 a.m., Minneapolis, 
    Minnesota time, on (i) the third (3rd) full business day following the 
    date hereof if the price of the Firm Shares is determined before 3:30 
    p.m. Minneapolis, Minnesota time, (ii) the fourth (4th) full business 
    day following the date hereof if the price of the Firm Shares hereunder 
    is determined after 3:30 p.m. Minneapolis, Minnesota time, or (iii) such 
    other time and date as the Representative and the Company may determine, 
    such time and date of payment and delivery being herein called the 
    "First Closing Date."  Delivery of the Firm Shares will be made by 
    credit to 


                                     -13-


<PAGE>


    "full fast" transfer to the accounts at The Depository Trust Company 
    designated by the Representative. 

    (b)  On the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements 
    herein contained, but subject to the terms and conditions herein set 
    forth, the Company hereby grants an option to the several Underwriters 
    to purchase an aggregate of up to 180,000 Option Shares, and the Selling 
    Shareholders, severally and not jointly, hereby grant to the several 
    Underwriters an option to purchase an aggregate of up to 60,000 Option 
    Shares, all at the same purchase price as the Firm Shares, for use 
    solely in covering any over-allotments made by the Underwriters in the 
    sale and distribution of the Firm Shares.  The option granted hereunder 
    may be exercised by the Representative on behalf of the several 
    Underwriters at any time (but not more than once), in whole or in part, 
    during the period of thirty (30) days after the date of this Agreement 
    by giving written notice to the Company and the Attorneys, which notice 
    shall set forth the aggregate number of Option Shares as to which the 
    Underwriters are exercising the option, the names and denominations in 
    which the certificates for the Option Shares are to be registered, and 
    the date and time, as determined by the Representative, when the Option 
    Shares are to be delivered, such time and date being herein referred to 
    as the "Second Closing Date;" provided, however, that the Second Closing 
    Date shall not be earlier than the First Closing Date nor earlier than 
    the second business day after the date on which the option shall have 
    been exercised.  The number of Option Shares to be purchased by each 
    Underwriter shall be the same percentage of the total number of Option 
    Shares to be purchased by the Underwriters as the number of Firm Shares 
    to be purchased by such Underwriter bears to the total number of Firm 
    Shares to be purchased by the Underwriters, as adjusted by the 
    Representative in its sole discretion in such manner as it shall deem 
    advisable to avoid fractional shares.  No Option Shares shall be sold 
    and delivered unless the Firm Shares previously have been, or 
    simultaneously are, sold and delivered.  The number of Option Shares to 
    be sold by the Company and by each Selling Shareholder is described on 
    Schedule I hereto.  If fewer than all Option Shares are purchased, the 
    amounts purchased will be reduced pro rata among the Company and the 
    Selling Shareholders.
    
     The Option Shares will be delivered by the Custodian and the Company, 
    as appropriate, to the Representative for the accounts of the 
    Underwriters against payment of the purchase price therefor by wire 
    transfer or other same day funds payable to the order of the Custodian 
    or the Company, as appropriate, at the offices of R. J. Steichen & 
    Company, Midwest Plaza, Suite 1100, 801 Nicollet Mall, Minneapolis, 
    Minnesota, 55402 (or at such other place as may be agreed upon by the 
    Representative and the Company) at 9:00 a.m., Minneapolis, Minnesota 
    time, on the Second Closing Date.  Delivery of the Option Shares will be 
    made by credit to "full fast" transfer to the accounts at The Depository 
    Trust Company designated by the Representative.
    
    (c)  It is understood that any of the Underwriters, may (but shall not 
    be obligated to) make payment to the Company or the Selling 
    Shareholders, on behalf of any Underwriter, for the Shares to be 
    purchased by such Underwriter.  Any such payment shall not relieve any 
    such Underwriter of any of its obligations hereunder.  Nothing herein 
    contained shall 


                                     -14-


<PAGE>


    constitute any of the Underwriters an unincorporated association or 
    partner with the Company or any Selling Shareholder.

3.  COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY AND THE SELLING SHAREHOLDERS.

    (a)  The Company hereby covenants and agrees with each of the 
    Underwriters as follows:

         (i)  If the Registration Statement has not already been declared 
         effective by the SEC, the Company will use its best efforts to 
         cause the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendments 
         thereto to become effective as promptly as possible; the Company 
         will notify the Representative promptly of the time when the 
         Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment to the 
         Registration Statement has become effective or any supplement to 
         the Prospectus has been filed and of any request by the SEC for any 
         amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or Prospectus 
         or additional information; if the Company has elected to rely on 
         Rule 430A of the Rules and Regulations, the Company will file a 
         Prospectus containing the information omitted therefrom pursuant to 
         such Rule 430A with the SEC within the time period required by, and 
         otherwise in accordance with the provisions of, Rules 424(b) and 
         430A of the Rules and Regulations; the Company will prepare and 
         file with the SEC, promptly upon your request, any amendments or 
         supplements to the Registration Statement or Prospectus that, in 
         your opinion, may be necessary or advisable in connection with the 
         distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters; and the Company 
         will not file any amendment or supplement to the Registration 
         Statement or Prospectus to which the Representative shall 
         reasonably object by notice to the Company after having been 
         furnished a copy a reasonable time prior to the filing.
         
         (ii)  The Company will advise the Representative, promptly after it 
         shall receive notice or obtain knowledge thereof, of the issuance 
         by the SEC of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the 
         Registration Statement, of the suspension of the qualification of 
         the Shares for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or of the 
         initiation or threatening of any proceeding for any such purpose; 
         and the Company will promptly use its best efforts to prevent the 
         issuance of any stop order or to obtain its withdrawal if such a 
         stop order should be issued.
         
         (iii)  Within the time during which a prospectus relating to the 
         Shares is required to be delivered under the Securities Act, the 
         Company will comply as far as it is able with all requirements 
         imposed upon it by the Securities Act, as now and hereafter 
         amended, and by the Rules and Regulations, as from time to time in 
         force, so far as necessary to permit the continuance of sales of or 
         dealings in the Shares as contemplated by the provisions hereof and 
         the Prospectus.  If, during such period, any event occurs as a 
         result of which the Prospectus would include an untrue statement of 
         a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make 
         the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances then 
         existing, not misleading, or if, during such period, it is 
         necessary to amend the Registration Statement or supplement the 
         Prospectus to comply with the Securities Act, the 


                                      -15-


<PAGE>


         Company will promptly notify the Representative and will amend the 
         Registration Statement or supplement the Prospectus (at the expense 
         of the Company) so as to correct such statement or omission or 
         effect such compliance.
         
         (iv)  The Company will use its best efforts to arrange for the 
         qualification of the Shares for offering and sale under the 
         securities laws of such jurisdictions as the Representative may 
         designate and to continue such qualifications in effect for so long 
         as may be required for purposes of the distribution of the Shares; 
         provided, however, that in no event shall the Company be obligated 
         to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction where it is not now 
         so qualified or to take any action which would subject it to the 
         service of process in suits, other than those arising out of the 
         offering or sale of the Shares, in any jurisdiction where it is not 
         now so subject.  In each jurisdiction in which the Shares shall 
         have been qualified as herein provided, the Company will make and 
         file such statements and reports in each year as are or may be 
         reasonably required by the laws of such jurisdiction.
         
         (v)  The Company will furnish to the Underwriters copies of the 
         Registration Statement (three of which will be signed and will 
         include all exhibits), each Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, 
         and all amendments and supplements to such documents, in each case 
         as soon as available and in such quantities as the Representative 
         may from time to time reasonably request.
         
         (vi)  For a period of five years from the Effective Date, the 
         Company will furnish directly to the Representative as soon as the 
         same shall be sent to its shareholders generally copies of all 
         annual or interim shareholder reports of the Company and will, for 
         the same period, also furnish the Representative with the following:

              (1)  One copy of any report, application or document 
              (other than exhibits, which, however, will be furnished on your 
              request) filed by the Company with the SEC, Nasdaq, the NASD or 
              any securities exchange; 

              (2)  As soon as the same shall be sent to 
              shareholders generally, copies of each communication sent to 
              shareholders; and

              (3)  From time to time, such other information 
              concerning the Company as the Representative may reasonably and 
              specifically request, provided that the Company shall not be 
              required to furnish any information pursuant hereto that is not 
              furnished to its shareholders or not otherwise made publicly 
              available.

         The Company will, for a period of two (2) years from the Effective 
         Date, furnish directly to the Representative quarterly profit and 
         loss statements, reports of the Company's cash flow, and statements 
         of application of the proceeds of the offering of the Shares by the 
         Company in such reasonable detail as the Representative may request.


                                     -16-


<PAGE>


         (vii)  The Company will make generally available to its security 
         holders as soon as practicable, but in any event not later than the 
         fifteen (15) months after the end of the Company's current fiscal 
         quarter, an earnings statement (which will be in reasonable detail 
         but need not be audited) complying with the provisions of Section 
         11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 of the Rules and 
         Regulations and covering a twelve (12)-month period beginning after 
         the Effective Date of the Registration Statement.
         
         (viii)  The Company will prepare and file with the SEC reports on 
         Form SR in accordance with the Securities Act and the Rules and 
         Regulations. 
         
         (ix)  After completion of the offering of the Shares, the Company 
         will make all filings required to maintain the quotation of the 
         Common Stock on The Nasdaq National Market or any national stock 
         exchange.
         
         (x)  The Company will apply the net proceeds from the sale of the 
         Shares being sold by it substantially in the manner set forth under 
         the caption "Use of Proceeds" in the Prospectus.  
         
         (xi)  During the Lock-Up Period, the Company will not, without the 
         prior written consent of the Representative, effect the Disposition 
         of, directly or indirectly, any Securities including, without 
         limitation, any Securities that are convertible into or 
         exchangeable or exercisable for Common Stock, and shall not 
         accelerate the exercisability of any Securities that are 
         convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for Common Stock, 
         except for the sale of Shares by the Company pursuant to this 
         Agreement, the exercise of options granted under the Company's 
         Plans, and the grant of options in the ordinary course under the 
         1996 Stock Plan.
         
         (xii)  The Company will not take, and will use its best efforts to 
         cause each of its officers and directors not to take, directly or 
         indirectly, any action designed to or which might reasonably be 
         expected to cause or result in the stabilization or manipulation of 
         the price of any security of the Company to facilitate the sale or 
         resale of the Shares.
         
         (xiii)  The Company will inform the Florida Department of Banking 
         and Finance at any time prior to the consummation of the 
         distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters if it commences 
         engaging in business with the government of Cuba or with any person 
         or affiliate located in Cuba.  Such information shall be provided 
         within 90 days after the commencement thereof or after a change 
         occurs with respect to previously reported information.

    (b)  Each Selling Shareholder covenants and agrees with each of the 
    Underwriters as follows:

         (i)  The Shares to be sold by such Selling Shareholder, represented 
         by the certificates on deposit with the Custodian pursuant to the 
         Custody Agreement of 


                                     -17-


<PAGE>


         such Selling Shareholder, are subject to the interest of the 
         Underwriters and the other Selling Shareholders; the arrangements 
         made for such custody are, except as specifically provided in the 
         Custody Agreement, irrevocable; and the obligations of such Selling 
         Shareholder hereunder shall not be terminated, except as provided 
         in this Agreement or in the Custody Agreement, by any act of such 
         Selling Shareholder, by operation of law, whether by the 
         liquidation, dissolution or merger of such Selling Shareholder, by 
         the death of such Selling Shareholder, or by the occurrence of any 
         other event.  If any Selling Shareholder should liquidate, dissolve 
         or be a party to a merger or if any other such event should occur 
         before the delivery of the Shares hereunder, certificates for the 
         Shares deposited with the Custodian shall be delivered by the 
         Custodian in accordance with the terms and conditions of this 
         Agreement as if such liquidation, dissolution, merger or other 
         event had not occurred, whether or not the Custodian shall have 
         received notice thereof.
         
         (ii)  Such Selling Shareholder will not, without the prior written 
         consent of the Representative, make any Disposition of Securities 
         during the Lock-up Period, except to the Underwriters pursuant to 
         this Agreement.
         
         (iii)  Such Selling Shareholder has not taken and will not take, 
         directly or indirectly, any action designed to or which might 
         reasonably be expected to cause or result in stabilization or 
         manipulation of the price of any security of the Company to 
         facilitate the sale or resale of the Shares.  
         
         (iv)  Such Selling Shareholder shall immediately notify you if any 
         event occurs, or of any change in information relating to such 
         Selling Shareholder or any new information relating to such Selling 
         Shareholder stated in the Prospectus or any supplement thereto, 
         which results in the Prospectus (as supplemented) including an 
         untrue statement of a material fact or omitting to state any 
         material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of 
         the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.
         
4. EXPENSES.

    (a)  The Company and each Selling Shareholder agrees with each 
    Underwriter that:

         (i)  Whether or not this Agreement becomes effective or is 
         terminated or cancelled or the sale of the Shares hereunder is 
         consummated, and regardless of the reason for or cause of any such 
         termination, cancellation, or failure to consummate, the Company 
         and the Selling Shareholders will pay or cause to be paid (A) all 
         expenses (including any transfer taxes) incurred in connection with 
         the delivery to the Underwriters of the Shares, (B) all expenses 
         and fees (including, without limitation, fees and expenses of the 
         Company's accountants and of counsel to the Company and the Selling 
         Shareholders, excluding, however, fees of the Underwriters' 
         Counsel) in connection with the preparation, printing, filing, 
         delivery, and shipping of the Registration Statement (including the 
         financial statements therein and all amendments, schedules, and 
         exhibits thereto), each 


                                     -18-


<PAGE>


         Preliminary Prospectus, the Prospectus, and any amendment thereof 
         or supplement thereto, (C) all fees and reasonable expenses, 
         including all reasonable counsel fees of counsel to the Company and 
         the Selling Shareholders, incurred in connection with the 
         qualification of the Shares for offering and sale by the 
         Underwriters or by dealers under the securities or Blue Sky laws of 
         the states and other jurisdictions which the Representative may 
         designate in accordance with Section 3(a)(iv) hereof, (D) all costs 
         and expenses incident to qualification with The Nasdaq National 
         Market, (E) postage and express charges and other expenses in 
         connection with delivery to the Underwriters of the Preliminary 
         Prospectus and Prospectus, and (F) all other costs and expenses 
         incident to the performance of their obligations hereunder that are 
         not otherwise specifically described herein.  In addition to and 
         not in lieu of the foregoing, the Company and the Selling 
         Shareholders shall pay to the Representative on each Closing Date 
         for out-of-pocket expenses (including fees of Underwriters' 
         Counsel) a nonaccountable expense allowance equal to two percent 
         (2.0%) of the aggregate Price to Public for all the Shares sold to 
         the Underwriters on each Closing Date, including Shares sold 
         pursuant to orders received through the Company.  The obligation of 
         the Company and the Selling Shareholders to pay such nonaccountable 
         expense allowance shall be several and not joint, and the amount of 
         the nonaccountable expense allowance that the Company and each 
         Selling Shareholder shall be obligated to pay shall be determined 
         pro rata, in proportion to the number of Shares being sold by the 
         Company and each Selling Shareholder pursuant to this Agreement.  
         The Representative acknowledges receipt of a total of $10,000 from 
         the Company as an advance against such nonaccountable expense 
         allowance.  If the Underwriters withdraw from the sale of the 
         Shares as herein proposed for any reason beyond their control and 
         through no fault of their own, or if the sale of the Shares as 
         herein proposed is abandoned by the Company, the Company will pay 
         to the Representative the greater of (AA) the $10,000 nonrefundable 
         advance described herein or (BB) the amount of all actual 
         accountable expenses (including fees and disbursements of 
         Underwriters' Counsel) incurred by the Representative in connection 
         with the contemplated purchase, offer, and sale of the Shares, 
         including, without limitation, expenses incurred in its 
         investigation, preparation to market, and marketing of the Shares, 
         and in contemplation of performing and in performance of its 
         obligations hereunder, up to an aggregate of $20,000.  If the 
         Underwriters withdraw from the offering for any reason within their 
         control, including but not limited to an opinion of the NASD 
         regarding the compensation arrangements of the Underwriters, the 
         Company shall pay to the Representative only the $10,000 
         nonrefundable advance.  The provisions of this Section 4(a)(i) are 
         intended to relieve the Underwriters from the payment of the 
         expenses and costs which the Selling Shareholders and the Company 
         hereby agree to pay but shall not affect any agreement which the 
         Selling Shareholders and the Company may make, or may have made, 
         for the sharing of any of such expenses and costs.  Such agreement 
         shall not impair the obligations of the Company and the Selling 
         Shareholders hereunder to the several Underwriters.
         
         (ii)  In addition to its other obligations under Sections 7(a) and 
         8 hereof, the Company agrees that, as an interim measure during the 
         pendency of any claim, 


                                     -19-


<PAGE>


         action, investigation, inquiry or other proceeding described in 
         Section 7(a), it will reimburse the Underwriters on a monthly basis 
         for all reasonable legal or other expenses incurred in connection 
         with investigating or defending any such claim, action, 
         investigation, inquiry or other proceeding, notwithstanding the 
         absence of a judicial determination as to the propriety and 
         enforceability of the Company's obligation to reimburse the 
         Underwriters for such expenses and the possibility that such 
         payments might later be held to have been improper by a court of 
         competent jurisdiction.  To the extent that any such interim 
         reimbursement payment is so held to have been improper, the 
         Underwriters shall promptly return such payment to the Company 
         together with interest, compounded daily, determined on the basis 
         of the prime rate (or other commercial lending rate for borrowers 
         of the highest credit standing) listed from time to time in The 
         Wall Street Journal which represents the base rate on corporate 
         loans posted by a substantial majority of the nation's thirty (30) 
         largest banks (the "Prime Rate").  Any such interim reimbursement 
         payments which are not made to the Underwriters within thirty (30) 
         days of a request for reimbursement shall bear interest at the 
         Prime Rate from the date of such request.

         (iii)  In addition to their other obligations under Section 7(b) 
         hereof, each Selling Shareholder agrees that, as an interim measure 
         during the pendency of any claim, action, investigation, inquiry or 
         other proceeding described in Section 7(b) hereof relating to such 
         Selling Shareholder, it will reimburse the Underwriters on a 
         monthly basis for all reasonable legal or other expenses incurred 
         in connection with investigating or defending any such claim, 
         action, investigation, inquiry or other proceeding, notwithstanding 
         the absence of a judicial determination as to the propriety and 
         enforceability of such Selling Shareholder's obligation to 
         reimburse the Underwriters for such expenses and the possibility 
         that such payments might later be held to have been improper by a 
         court of competent jurisdiction.  To the extent that any such 
         interim reimbursement payment is so held to have been improper, the 
         Underwriters shall promptly return such payment to the Selling 
         Shareholders, together with interest, compounded daily, determined 
         on the basis of the Prime Rate.  Any such interim reimbursement 
         payments which are not made by the Selling Shareholders to the 
         Underwriters within thirty (30) days of a request for reimbursement 
         shall bear interest at the Prime Rate from the date of such request. 
         Notwithstanding anything in this Section 4(a)(iii) to the contrary, 
         Deluxe shall be obligated hereunder as a Selling Shareholder to the 
         extent, but only to the extent, that the Company has not fully 
         reimbursed the Underwriters pursuant to Section 4(a)(ii) hereof; and
         the obligation of Deluxe hereunder shall not exceed the amount equal
         to the purchase price set forth in Section 2(a) multiplied by the 
         number of Shares sold by Deluxe pursuant to this Agreement. Moreover,
        the Company shall be obligated to promptly pay to Deluxe the amount of
        any payment made hereunder by Deluxe to the Underwriters, together with
        interest, compounded daily, determined on the basis of the Prime Rate.

    (b)  It is agreed that any controversy rising out of the operation 
    of the interim reimbursement arrangements set forth in Sections 4(a)(ii) 
    and 4(a)(iii) hereof, including the amounts of any requested 
    reimbursement payments, the method of determining such amounts, and the 
    basis on which such amounts shall be apportioned among the reimbursing 
    parties, shall be settled by arbitration conducted pursuant to the Code 
    of Arbitration Procedure of the NASD.  Any such arbitration must be 
    commenced by service of a written demand for arbitration or a written 
    notice of intention to arbitrate, therein electing the arbitration 
    tribunal.  If the party demanding arbitration does not make such 
    designation of an arbitration tribunal in such demand or notice, then 
    the party responding to said demand or notice is authorized to do so.  
    Any such arbitration will be limited to the operation of the interim 
    reimbursement provisions contained in Sections 4(a)(ii) and 4(a)(iii) 
    hereof and will not resolve the ultimate propriety or enforceability of 
    the 


                                     -20-


<PAGE>


    obligation to indemnify for expenses which is created by the provisions 
    of Sections 7(a), 7(b) and 7(c) hereof or the obligation to contribute 
    to expenses which is created by the provisions of Section 8(a) hereof.

5.  CONDITIONS OF THE UNDERWRITERS' OBLIGATIONS.  The obligation of the 
Underwriters to purchase and pay for the Shares as provided herein shall be 
subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Company 
and the Selling Shareholders, in the case of the Firm Shares, as of the date 
hereof and the First Closing Date (as if made on and as of the First Closing 
Date), and in the case of the Option Shares, as of the date hereof and the 
Second Closing Date (as if made on and as of the Second Closing Date); to the 
performance by the Company and the Selling Shareholders of their respective 
obligations hereunder; and to the satisfaction of the following additional 
conditions on or before the First Closing Date in the case of the Firm Shares 
and on or before the Second Closing Date in the case of the Option Shares:

    (a)  The Registration Statement shall have become effective not 
    later than 4:00 p.m.  Minneapolis, Minnesota time on the date of this 
    Agreement, or such later date or time as shall be consented to in 
    writing by you (the "Effective Date"); and no stop order suspending the 
    effectiveness thereof shall have been issued and no proceedings for that 
    purpose shall have been initiated or, to the knowledge of the Company 
    and of the Selling Shareholders, or any of the Underwriters, threatened 
    by the SEC or any state securities commission or similar regulatory 
    body; and any request of the SEC for additional information (to be 
    included in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or otherwise) 
    shall have been complied with to the satisfaction of the Underwriters 
    and Underwriters' Counsel.
    
    (b)  The Underwriters shall not have advised the Company that the 
    Registration Statement or Prospectus, or any amendment thereof or 
    supplement thereto, contains any untrue statement of a fact which is 
    material or omits to state a fact which is material and is required to 
    be stated therein or is necessary to make the statements contained 
    therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not 
    misleading; provided, however, that this Section 5(b) shall not apply to 
    statements in, or omissions from, the Registration Statement or 
    Prospectus, or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, which are 
    based upon and conform to written information furnished to the Company 
    by the Underwriters specifically for use in the preparation of the 
    Registration Statement or the Prospectus, or any such amendment or 
    supplement.
    
    (c)  Subsequent to the Effective Date and prior to each Closing 
    Date, there shall not have occurred any change, or any development 
    involving a prospective change, which materially and adversely affects 
    the Company's condition (financial or otherwise), earnings, operations, 
    properties, business or business prospects from that set forth in the 
    Registration Statement or Prospectus, and which, in the Representative's 
    sole judgment, is material and adverse and that makes it, in the 
    Representative's sole judgment, impracticable or inadvisable to proceed 
    with the public offering of the Shares as contemplated by the Prospectus 
    and this Agreement.
    
    (d)  All corporate proceedings and other legal matters in connection 
    with this Agreement, the form of Registration Statement and the 
    Prospectus, and the registration, 


                                     -21-


<PAGE>


    authorization, issue, sale and delivery of the Shares, shall have been 
    reasonably satisfactory to Underwriters' Counsel, and such counsel shall 
    have been furnished with such papers and information as it may 
    reasonably have requested to enable it to pass upon the matters referred 
    to in this Section.
    
    (e)  On each Closing Date, the Underwriters shall have received the 
    opinion of Lindquist & Vennum P.L.L.P., counsel for the Company, dated 
    as of such Closing Date, satisfactory in form and substance to the 
    Underwriters and Underwriters' Counsel, to the effect that:  

         (i)  The Company has been duly incorporated and is validly existing 
         as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the 
         jurisdiction of its incorporation and has the corporate power and 
         authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct 
         its business as currently being carried on and as described in the 
         Registration Statement and Prospectus.
         
         (ii)  The Company is duly qualified to do business as a foreign 
         corporation and is in good standing in each jurisdiction, if any, 
         in which the ownership or leasing of its properties or the conduct 
         of its business requires such qualification, except where the 
         failure to be so qualified or be in good standing would not have a 
         material adverse effect on the condition (financial or otherwise), 
         earnings, operations or business of the Company.  To the best of 
         such counsel's knowledge, the Company does not own or control, 
         directly or indirectly, any corporation, association or other 
         entity. 
         
         (iii)  The capital stock of the Company conforms as to legal 
         matters to the description thereof contained in the Prospectus 
         under the caption "Description of Capital Stock."  The issued and 
         outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company (including the 
         Shares to the sold by the Selling Shareholders) have been duly and 
         validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable, and the 
         holders thereof are not subject to any personal liability by reason 
         of being such holders.

         (iv)  The Shares to be issued by the Company pursuant to the terms 
         of this Agreement have been duly authorized and, upon issuance and 
         delivery against payment therefor in accordance with the terms 
         hereof, will be duly and validly issued and fully paid and 
         nonassessable, and the holders thereof will not be subject to 
         personal liability by reason of being such holders.  Except as 
         otherwise stated in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, 
         there are no preemptive rights or other rights to subscribe for or 
         to purchase, or any restriction upon the voting or transfer of, any 
         shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Company's articles of 
         incorporation, by-laws or any agreement or other instrument known 
         to such counsel to which the Company is a party or by which the 
         Company is bound.  To the best of such counsel's knowledge, except 
         as set forth in the Prospectus, neither the filing of the 
         Registration Statement nor the offering or sale of the Shares as 
         contemplated by this Agreement gives rise to any rights for or 
         relating to the registration of any shares of Common Stock or other 
         securities of the Company and no such rights exist, other than 
         those rights that have been waived prior to the 


                                     -22-


<PAGE>


         date hereof or those rights that have been or will be satisfied by 
         the participation of the Selling Shareholders in the transactions 
         to which this Agreement relates.  To the best of such counsel's 
         knowledge, except as described in the Registration Statement and 
         Prospectus, there are no options, warrants, agreements, contracts 
         or rights in existence to purchase or acquire from the Company any 
         shares of capital stock of the Company.
         
         (v)  The Company has the requisite corporate power and authority to 
         enter into this Agreement and to issue, sell and deliver to the 
         Underwriters the Shares to be issued and sold by it hereunder.  
         This Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate 
         action on the part of the Company and has been duly executed and 
         delivered by the Company and, assuming due authorization, execution 
         and delivery by the Representative on behalf of the Underwriters, 
         is a valid, legal and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable 
         in accordance with its terms, except insofar as indemnification and 
         contribution provisions may be limited by applicable law and except 
         as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, 
         reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance or similar laws 
         relating to or affecting creditors' rights generally or by general 
         equitable principles.
         
         (vi)  The Registration Statement has become effective under the 
         Securities Act and, to the best of such counsel's knowledge, no 
         stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration 
         Statement has been issued and no proceedings for that purpose has 
         been instituted or is pending or threatened under the Securities 
         Act.
         
         (vii)  The Registration Statement and the Prospectus, and each 
         amendment thereof or supplement thereto, (other than the financial 
         statements, including the notes thereto and the supporting 
         schedules, and other financial, numerical, statistical and 
         accounting data derived therefrom, as to which such counsel need 
         express no opinion), comply as to form in all material respects 
         with the requirements of the Securities Act and the Rules and 
         Regulations.
         
         (viii)  The form of certificates evidencing the Common Stock and 
         filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement complies with 
         Minnesota law.
         
         (ix)  The description in the Registration Statement and the 
         Prospectus of the Company's articles of incorporation and bylaws 
         and of statutes, legal and governmental proceedings, contracts and 
         other documents are accurate in all material respects and fairly 
         present the information required to be presented by the Securities 
         Act and the applicable Rules and Regulations; and such counsel does 
         not know of any statutes or legal or governmental proceedings 
         required to be described in the Prospectus that are not described 
         as required, or of any agreements, contracts, leases or documents 
         of a character required to be described or referred to in the 
         Registration Statement or Prospectus or to be filed as an exhibit 
         to the Registration Statement which are not described or referred 
         to therein or filed as required.


                                     -23-


<PAGE>


         (x)  The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and 
         the consummation of the transactions herein contemplated (other 
         than performance of the Company's indemnification and contribution 
         obligations hereunder, concerning which no opinion need be 
         expressed) do not result in any violation of the Company's articles 
         of incorporation or bylaws or result in a breach or violation of 
         any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute a default under, 
         any bond, debenture, note or other evidence of indebtedness, or any 
         material lease, contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan 
         agreement, joint venture or other material agreement or instrument 
         known to such counsel to which the Company is a party or by which 
         its properties are bound, or any applicable statute, rule or 
         regulation known to such counsel or, to the best of such counsel's 
         knowledge, any order, writ or decree of any court, government or 
         governmental agency or body having jurisdiction over the Company or 
         any of its material properties or operations;
         
         (xi)  No consent, approval, authorization or order of, or filing 
         with, or qualification with, any court, government or governmental 
         agency or body is necessary in connection with the execution, 
         delivery and performance of this Agreement or for the execution, 
         delivery and performance of this Agreement or for the consummation 
         of the transactions herein contemplated, except such as have been 
         obtained under the Securities Act or such as may be required under 
         state or other securities or Blue Sky laws in connection with the 
         purchase and the distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters;
         
         (xii)  To the best of such counsel's knowledge, there are no legal 
         or governmental proceedings pending or threatened against the 
         Company of a character required to be disclosed in the Registration 
         Statement or the Prospectus by the Securities Act or the Rules and 
         Regulations, other than those described therein.
         
         (xiii)  To the best of such counsel's knowledge, the Company is not 
         presently (A) in material violation of its respective articles of 
         incorporation or bylaws, (B) in material breach or violation of any 
         applicable statute, rule or regulation known to such counsel or any 
         order, writ or decree of any court or governmental agency or body, 
         or (C) in material breach of or otherwise in default in the 
         performance of any material obligation, agreement or condition 
         contained in any bond, debenture, note, loan agreement or any other 
         material contract, lease or other instrument to which the Company 
         is subject or by which it may be bound, or to which any of the 
         material assets or property of the Company is subject.  
         
         (xiv)  To the best of such counsel's knowledge, the Company holds, 
         and is operating in compliance in all material respects with, all 
         franchises, grants, authorizations, licenses, permits, easements, 
         consents, certificates and orders of any government or 
         self-regulatory body required for the conduct of its business, and 
         all such franchises, grants, authorizations, licenses, permits, 
         easements, consents, certifications and orders are valid and in 
         full force and effect.


                                     -24-


<PAGE>


         (xv)  To the best of such counsel's knowledge, each Selling 
         Shareholder that is a natural person has the requisite capacity and 
         each other Selling Shareholder has full right, power and authority 
         to enter into and to perform its obligations under the Power of 
         Attorney and Custody Agreement executed and delivered by him or it 
         in connection with the transactions contemplated herein; the Power 
         of Attorney and Custody Agreement of each Selling Shareholder that 
         is not a natural person has been duly authorized by it; the Power 
         of Attorney and Custody Agreement of each Selling Shareholder has 
         been duly executed and delivered by or on behalf of each Selling 
         Shareholder; and the Power of Attorney and Custody Agreement of 
         each Selling Shareholder constitutes valid and binding agreement of 
         such Selling Shareholder, enforceable in accordance with their 
         respective terms, except as the enforcement thereof may be limited 
         by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, fraudulent 
         conveyance or other similar laws relating to or affecting 
         creditors' rights generally or by judicial limitations on the right 
         of specific performance.
         
         (xvi)  To the best of such counsel's knowledge, the execution and 
         delivery of this Agreement, the Custody Agreement and the Power of 
         Attorney and the performance of the terms hereof and thereof and the 
         consummation of the transactions herein and therein contemplated will 
         not result in a breach or violation of any of the terms and provisions 
         of, or constitute a default under, any statute, rule or regulation, or 
         any agreement or instrument known to such counsel to which such Selling
         Shareholder is a party or by which such Selling Shareholder is bound or
         to which any of its or his property is subject, the charter or bylaws 
         of any Selling Shareholder that is not an individual, or any order or 
         decree known to such counsel of any court or government agency or body 
         having such jurisdiction over such Selling Shareholder or any of its 
         respective properties; and no consent, approval, authorization or order
         of, or filing with, any court or governmental agency or body is 
         required for the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement,
         the Custody Agreement and the Power of Attorney or for the consummation
         of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including the sale
         of the Shares being sold by such Selling Shareholder, except such as 
         may be required under the Securities Act or state securities laws or 
         blue sky laws.
         
         (xvii)  To the knowledge of such counsel, each of the Selling 
         Shareholders is the sole record and beneficial owner of the Shares to 
         be sold by such Selling Shareholder.  Upon delivery of the certificates
         for the Shares to be sold by each Selling Shareholder pursuant to this 
         Agreement, and upon payment therefor by the Underwriters, the 
         Underwriters will acquire all the rights of such Selling Shareholder in
         the Shares (assuming the Underwriters have purchased in good faith and 
         without notice of an adverse claim), free and clear of any security 
         interests, claims, liens or other encumbrances.
         
         (xviii)  On the basis of information obtained as a result of 
         discussions and meetings with officers and other representatives of the
         Company, discussions with representatives of the independent public 
         accountants for the Company in 


                                     -25-


<PAGE>


         connection with the preparation of the Registration Statement and 
         the Prospectus, and the examination of other information and 
         documents requested by such counsel, nothing has come to such 
         counsel's attention that has caused them to believe that the 
         Registration Statement and any amendment thereof, at the time it 
         became effective and at all times subsequent thereto up to and on 
         that Closing Date, contained any untrue statement of a material 
         fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary in order to make 
         the statements therein not misleading, or that the Prospectus, and 
         any amendment or supplement thereto, at the first date of its 
         issuance and up to and at all times subsequent thereto up to and on 
         that Closing Date, contained any untrue statement of a material 
         fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated 
         therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in 
         light of the circumstances under which they were made, not 
         misleading.  Such counsel may further state that in making the 
         foregoing comments, such counsel does not intend them to include or 
         cover the financial statements and notes thereto and related 
         schedules and other financial, numerical, statistical and 
         accounting data contained or omitted from the Registration 
         Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto and the 
         Prospectus.

    Counsel rendering the foregoing opinion may rely as to questions of 
    law not involving the laws of the United States or the State of 
    Minnesota, upon opinions of local counsel, and, as to questions of fact, 
    upon representations or certificates of officers of the Company, the 
    Selling Shareholders, or officers of the Selling Shareholders (when the 
    Selling Shareholder is not a natural person), and of government 
    officials, in which case their opinion is to state the extent of such 
    reliance.  Copies of any opinion, representation or certificate so 
    relied upon shall be delivered to the Representative and to 
    Underwriters' Counsel.
    
    (f)  The Underwriters shall have received from Winthrop & Weinstine, 
    P.A.,  Underwriters' Counsel, such opinion or opinions as the 
    Underwriters may reasonably require, dated as of the First Closing Date 
    and the Second Closing Date, which are satisfactory in form and 
    substance to the Underwriters, with respect to the sufficiency of 
    corporate proceedings and other legal matters relating to this Agreement 
    and the transactions contemplated hereby, and the Company shall have 
    furnished to Underwriters' Counsel such documents as it may have 
    requested for the purpose of enabling it to pass upon such matters.  In 
    connection with such opinion, as to matters of fact relevant to 
    conclusions of law, Underwriters' Counsel may rely, to the extent that 
    it deems proper, upon representations or certificates of public 
    officials and of responsible officers of the Company.
    
    (g)  At the time of execution of this Agreement, the Underwriters shall 
    have received from Deloitte & Touche LLP a letter dated the date of such 
    execution, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representative, to 
    the effect that they are independent accountants with respect to the 
    Company within the meaning of the Securities Act and the applicable 
    published instructions, and the Rules and Regulations thereunder, and 
    further stating in effect that:


                                     -26-


<PAGE>


         (i)  In their opinion, the audited financial statements included in 
         the Registration Statement and Prospectus covered by their report 
         included therein comply as to form in all material respects with 
         the applicable requirements of the Securities Act, the published 
         instructions and the Rule and Regulations. 
         
         (ii)  On the basis of (A) a reading of the minutes of the 
         shareholders' and directors' meetings of the Company since 
         January 1, 1996, (B) inquiries of certain officials of the Company 
         responsible for financial and accounting matters, (C) a reading of 
         the Company's monthly operating statements for the three-month
         periods ended March 30, 1996 and April 1, 1995, and (D) other
         specified procedures and inquiries (but not an audit in accordance
         with generally accepted accounting principles), nothing came to their
         attention causing them to believe that:
         
              (1)  the unaudited consolidated financial statements of the 
              Company contained in the Prospectus and any amendment thereof 
              or supplement thereto do not comply as to form, in all 
              material respects, with the applicable accounting requirements 
              of the Securities Act and the published Rules and Regulations 
              or were not prepared in conformity with generally accepted 
              accounting principles and practices applied on a basis 
              consistent in all material respects with those followed in the 
              preparation of the audited consolidated financial statements 
              of the Company included therein; or 

              (2)  the unaudited consolidated amounts of revenues, income 
              before provision for income taxes, net income and ratio of 
              earnings to fixed charges of the Company, if any, contained in 
              the Prospectus, or any amendment thereof or supplement 
              thereto, were not derived from consolidated financial 
              statements prepared in conformity with generally accepted 
              accounting principles and practices applied on a basis 
              consistent in all material respects with those followed in the 
              preparation of the audited consolidated financial statements 
              of the Company included therein; or 

              (3)  the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial statements 
              of the Company and recently-acquired companies, if any, 
              contained in the Prospectus or any amendment thereof or 
              supplement thereto, were not properly compiled in accordance 
              with generally accepted accounting principles or did not 
              provide for all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation 
              of the information purported to be shown thereby; or
              
              (4)  with respect to the period subsequent to March 30, 1996,
              there were, at a specified date, not more than five (5) 
              business days prior to the date of the letter, any changes or 
              any material increases or decreases in capital stock, 
              long-term or short-term debt or shareholders' equity, 
              decreases in net assets, net current assets, or net worth or 
              any material decrease, as compared with the corresponding 
              period of the prior year, in revenues or net income of the 
              Company as compared with the amounts shown in the 


                                     -27-


<PAGE>


              consolidated balance sheet included in the Registration 
              Statement, except as disclosed or referred to in the 
              Prospectus and Registration Statement.

         (iii)  Certain information set forth on the cover of the Prospectus 
         and in the Prospectus under the headings "Prospectus Summary" 
         (including the subheading "Summary Financial Data"), "Risk 
         Factors," "Use of Proceeds," "Capitalization," "Dilution," 
         "Selected Financial Data," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of 
         Financial Condition and Results of Operations," "Business," 
         "Management," "Certain Transactions," "Principal and Selling 
         Shareholders," "Description of Capital Stock" and "Shares Eligible 
         for Future Sale" and that are expressed in dollars (or percentages 
         derived from dollar amounts) or numbers have been compared to 
         accounting records of the Company which were subject to the 
         internal accounting controls of the Company and are in agreement 
         with such records or computations made therefrom, excluding any 
         questions of legal interpretation.

    (h)  The Underwriters shall have received from Deloitte & Touche LLP a 
    letter dated as of each Closing Date to the effect that such accountants 
    reaffirm, as of such Closing Date, and as though made on such Closing 
    Date, the statements made in the letter furnished by such accountants 
    pursuant to Section 5(g), except that the specified date referred to in 
    such letter will be a date not more than five (5) business days prior to 
    such Closing Date.
    
    (i)  The Underwriters shall have received from the Company a 
    certificate, dated as of the First Closing Date and the Second Closing 
    Date, of the principal executive officer and the principal financial or 
    accounting officer of the Company, to the effect that:


         (i)  The representations and warranties of the Company in this 
         Agreement are true and correct as if made on and as of such Closing 
         Date, and the Company has complied with all the agreements and 
         satisfied all the conditions on its part to be performed or 
         satisfied at, or prior to, such Closing Date; 
         
         (ii)  No stop order or other order suspending the effectiveness of 
         the Registration Statement or any amendment thereof or the 
         qualification of the Shares for offering or sale has been issued, 
         and no proceedings for that purpose has been instituted or, to the 
         best of their knowledge, is contemplated by the SEC or any state or 
         regulatory body; and 
         
         (iii)  The signers of said certificate have carefully examined the 
         Registration Statement and the Prospectus and any amendments 
         thereof or supplements thereto, and (A) such documents contain all 
         statements and information required to be included therein; the 
         Registration Statement, or any amendment thereof, does not contain 
         any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any 
         material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make 
         the statements therein not misleading; and the Prospectus, as 
         amended or supplemented, does not include any untrue statement of 
         material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make 
         the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which 
         they were made, 


                                     -28-


<PAGE>


         not misleading; (B) since the Effective Date of the Registration 
         Statement, there has occurred no event required to be set forth in 
         an amended or supplemented Prospectus which has not been so set 
         forth; (C) subsequent to the respective dates as of which 
         information is given in the Registration Statement and the 
         Prospectus, the Company has not incurred any material liabilities 
         or material obligations, direct or contingent, or entered into any 
         material transactions, not in the ordinary course of business 
         consistent with past practice, or declared or paid any dividends or 
         made any distribution of any kind with respect to its capital 
         stock, and except as disclosed in the Prospectus, there has not 
         been any change in the capital stock (other than a change in the 
         number of outstanding shares of Common Stock due to the issuance of 
         shares upon the exercise of outstanding options or warrants or 
         pursuant to employee benefit plans described to in the Registration 
         Statement), or any material increase in the short-term debt or 
         long-term debt, or in the issuance of options, warrants, 
         convertible securities or other rights to purchase the capital 
         stock, of the Company, or any material adverse change or any 
         development involving a prospective material adverse change 
         (whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business) in the 
         general affairs, condition (financial or otherwise), business, key 
         personnel, property, prospects, net worth or results of operations 
         of the Company, and (D) except as stated in the Registration 
         Statement and Prospectus, there is not pending or, to their 
         knowledge, threatened or contemplated, any action, suit or 
         proceeding to which the Company is a party before or by any court 
         or governmental agency, authority or body, or any arbitrator, which 
         might result in any material adverse change of the condition, 
         (financial or otherwise), business, prospects, or results of 
         operations of the Company.

    (j)  On each Closing Date, there shall have been furnished to you a 
    certificate of Secretary of the Company, dated as of such Closing Date, 
    with the documents listed herein attached, and to the effect and 
    certifying as follows:

         (i)  Attached thereto are true and correct copies of the articles 
         of incorporation of the Company, as amended to the date of the 
         certificate, and stating that there have been no changes or 
         amendments to the attached articles of incorporation of the 
         Company, and no resolutions have been adopted by the Board of 
         Directors or shareholders of the Company relating to (A) the 
         amendment of said articles of incorporation, (B) the merger, 
         consolidation or dissolution of the Company, or (C) the sale of  
         all or substantially all of the assets or business of the Company, 
         and that the Company is in good standing in the State of Minnesota 
         and has paid all of its corporate franchise taxes due as of the 
         date of such certificate.
         
         (ii)  Attached thereto is a true and correct copy of the bylaws of 
         the Company as in effect as of the date of such certificate and no 
         resolutions have been adopted by the Board of Directors or 
         shareholders of the Company relating to changes or amendments to 
         the attached Bylaws.
         
         (iii)  Attached thereto are true and correct copies of the 
         resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Company relating to 
         the preparation and signing of the 


                                     -29-


<PAGE>


         Registration Statement and this Agreement, the issuance and sale of 
         the Shares and other related matters, and such resolutions have not 
         been amended, modified or rescinded and are in full force and 
         effect as of the date of such certificate and are the only 
         resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company with 
         respect to the offering contemplated by the Registration Statement.
         
         (iv)  Attached thereto are true and correct copies of all material 
         correspondence with respect to the Registration Statement and 
         Prospectus and related matters between the Company, its counsel, 
         Deloitte & Touche LLP and the SEC.
         
         (v)  This Agreement, as executed and delivered by the Company, is 
         in the form presented to and approved by officers authorized to do 
         so by the Board of Directors of the Company.
         
         (vi)  Attached thereto is a specimen of the certificate for the 
         Common Stock in the form authorized and approved for use by the 
         Board of Directors of the Company.
         
         (vii)  The persons who have signed the Registration Statement and 
         all amendments thereto were duly elected at the respective times of 
         such signing and duly acting as officers and directors of the 
         Company or as an attorney-in-fact therefor, as set forth in the 
         Registration Statement.

    (k)  The Underwriters shall have received from each of the officers and 
    directors of the Company a written agreement in the form of Appendix A 
    hereto whereby each such person agrees that during the Lock-up Period 
    such person will not, without the Representative's prior written 
    consent, effect the Disposition of any Securities now owned or hereafter 
    acquired directly or indirectly by such person other than by gift to 
    donees who agree to be bound by the same restriction or by will or the 
    laws of descent.
    
    (l)  On each Closing Date, there shall have been furnished to the 
    Representative a certificate or certificates, dated as of such Closing 
    Date, signed by each of the Selling Shareholders or either of the 
    Attorneys, to the effect that the representations and warranties of such 
    Selling Shareholder contained in this Agreement are true and correct as 
    if made as of such Closing Date and that such Selling Shareholder has 
    complied with all the agreements and satisfied all the conditions on 
    such Selling Shareholder's part to be performed or satisfied at or prior 
    to such Closing Date.
    
    (m)  The Common Stock of the Company shall be included and quoted on the 
    Nasdaq National Market.
    
    (n)  Lindquist & Vennum P.L.L.P. shall deliver to the Representative a 
    Blue Sky Memorandum reasonably satisfactory to the Representative 
    confirming that all requisite actions for the offer and sale of the 
    Shares in all jurisdictions requested by the Representative have been 
    taken.


                                     -30-


<PAGE>


    (o)  The Company shall have furnished to the Representative and to 
    Underwriters' Counsel such additional certificates, documents and 
    evidence as the Representative shall reasonably request.

    All such opinions, certificates, letters and documents will be in 
compliance with the provisions hereof only if they are reasonably 
satisfactory to the Representative and Underwriters' Counsel.  All statements 
contained in any certificate, letter or other document delivered pursuant 
hereto by, or on behalf of, the Company shall be deemed to constitute 
representations and warranties of the Company.

    The Representative may waive in writing the performance of any one or 
more of the conditions specified in this Section 5 or extend the time for 
their performance.

    If any of the conditions specified in this Section 5 shall not have been 
fulfilled when and as required by this Agreement to be fulfilled and if the 
fulfillment of said condition has not been waived by the Representative, this 
Agreement and all obligations of the Underwriters hereunder may be canceled 
at, or at any time prior to, each Closing Date by the Representative on 
behalf of the Underwriters.  Any such cancellation shall be without liability 
of the Underwriters to the Company and shall not relieve the Company of its 
obligations under Section 4(a) hereof.  Notice of such cancellation shall be 
given to the Company at the address specified in Section 12 hereof in 
writing, or by telegraph or telephone confirmed in writing.

6.  REPRESENTATIVE'S WARRANTS.  In consideration of the agreement of the 
Representative to act as an Underwriter and as Representative of the 
Underwriters, and upon payment of a purchase price of $______, on the First 
Closing Date the Company will issue and deliver to the Representative, for 
its account, the Representative's Warrants to purchase Shares in an amount 
equal to ten percent (10%) of the number of Firm Shares sold by the Company 
and purchased by the Underwriters in the offering.  Such Warrants shall be 
issued on the First Closing Date and shall be dated as of the Effective Date.  
The Representative's Warrants shall be exercisable commencing one year after 
the Effective Date for a period of four years thereafter at a price equal to 
120% of the Price to Public per Share set forth on the cover page of the 
Prospectus.  As to other terms, the Representative's Warrants shall be in 
form and substance substantially the same as Appendix B hereto.  The Company 
represents and warrants that the Representative's Warrants have been duly 
authorized and, when granted and delivered in accordance wit the terms 
hereof, will be valid, binding and enforceable obligations of the Company; 
the securities issuable upon exercise of the Representative's Warrants have 
been duly authorized and reserved for issuance upon exercise; and upon 
receipt by the Company of the consideration for such securities in accordance 
with the terms of the Representative's Warrants, the Warrant Shares shall 
have been duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

7.  INDEMNIFICATION.

    (a)  The Company hereby agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each 
    Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within 
    the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, against any losses, 
    claims, damages or liabilities, joint or several, to which such 
    Underwriter or each such controlling person may become subject under the 
    Securities Act, the Exchange Act, the common law or otherwise, insofar 
    as such losses, 


                                     -31-

<PAGE>


    claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out 
    of, or are based upon, (i)  any breach of any representation, warranty, 
    agreement or covenant of the Company contained in this Agreement, (ii) 
    any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact 
    contained in the Registration Statement or any amendment thereof or 
    supplement thereto, or the omission or alleged omission to state in the 
    Registration Statement or any amendment thereof or supplement thereto a 
    material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the 
    circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; (iii) any 
    untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact 
    contained in any Preliminary Prospectus, if used prior to the Effective 
    Date of the Registration Statement, or in the Prospectus (as amended or 
    as supplemented, if the Company shall have filed with the SEC any 
    amendment thereof or supplement thereto), or the omission or alleged 
    omission to state therein a material fact necessary in order to make the 
    statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were 
    made, not misleading; or (iv) any untrue statement or alleged untrue 
    statement of a material fact contained in any application or other 
    statement executed by the Company or based upon written information 
    furnished by the Company filed in any jurisdiction in order to qualify 
    the Shares under, or exempt the Shares or the sale thereof from 
    qualification under, the securities laws of such jurisdiction, or the 
    omission or alleged omission to state in such application or statement a 
    material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the 
    statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were 
    made, not misleading.  The Company will reimburse each Underwriter and 
    each such controlling person for any legal or other expenses reasonably 
    incurred by such Underwriter or controlling person in connection with 
    investigating or defending against any such loss, claim, damage, 
    liability or action; provided, however, that the Company will not be 
    liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage 
    or liability arises out of or is based upon an untrue statement or 
    alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission made in 
    reliance upon and in conformity with written information relating to any 
    Underwriter furnished to the Company by such Underwriter or through you 
    specifically for use in the preparation of the Registration Statement or 
    any such post-effective amendment thereof, any such Preliminary 
    Prospectus, or the Prospectus, or any such amendment thereof or 
    supplement thereto, or in any application or other statement executed by 
    the Company or the Underwriters filed in any jurisdiction in order to 
    qualify the Shares under, or exempt the Shares or the sale thereof from 
    qualification under, the securities laws of such jurisdiction; and 
    provided further that the foregoing indemnity agreement is subject to 
    the condition that, insofar as it relates to any untrue statement, 
    alleged untrue statement, omission or alleged omission made in any 
    Preliminary Prospectus but eliminated or remedied in the Prospectus, 
    such indemnity agreement shall not inure to the benefit of an 
    Underwriter if the person asserting any loss, claim, damage or liability 
    purchased the Shares from such Underwriter which is the subject thereof 
    (or to the benefit of any person who controls such Underwriter), if a 
    copy of the Prospectus was not sent or given to such person with, or 
    prior to, the written confirmation of the sale of such Shares to such 
    person.  This indemnity agreement is in addition to any liability which 
    the Company may otherwise have.
    
    (b)  Each Selling Shareholder, severally and not jointly, agrees to 
    indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter and each person, if any, 
    who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 
    Securities Act, against any losses, claims, damages or 


                                     -32-


<PAGE>


    liabilities, joint or several, to which such Underwriter or each 
    controlling person may become subject under the Securities Act, the 
    Exchange Act, the common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, 
    claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out 
    of, or are based upon, (i) any breach of any representation, warranty, 
    agreement or covenant of such Selling Shareholder contained in this 
    Agreement; (ii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a 
    material fact contained in the Registration Statement or any amendment 
    thereof or supplement thereto, or the omission or alleged omission to 
    state in the Registration Statement or any amendment thereof or 
    supplement thereto a material fact required to be stated therein or 
    necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances 
    under which they were made, not misleading; (iii) any untrue statement 
    or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any 
    Preliminary Prospectus, if used prior to the Effective Date of the 
    Registration Statement, or in the Prospectus (as amended or as 
    supplemented, if the Company shall have filed with SEC any amendment 
    thereof or supplement thereto), or the omission or alleged omission to 
    state therein the material fact required to be stated therein or 
    necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the 
    circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; or (iv) any 
    untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact 
    contained in any application or other statement executed by the Company 
    or based upon written information furnished by the Company filed in any 
    jurisdiction in order to qualify the Shares under, or exempt the Shares 
    or the sale thereof from qualification under, the securities laws of 
    such jurisdiction, or the omission or alleged omission to state in such 
    application or statement a material fact required to be stated therein 
    or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the 
    circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; in each case 
    to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement or 
    alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission was made in 
    reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to 
    the Company by the Selling Shareholder specifically for use in the 
    preparation of the Registration Statement or any such post-effective 
    amendment thereof, any such Preliminary Prospectus, or the Prospectus or 
    any such amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or in any application 
    or other statement executed by the Company and filed in any 
    jurisdiction.  Each Selling Shareholder will reimburse each Underwriter 
    and each such controlling person for any legal or other expenses 
    reasonably incurred by such Underwriter or controlling person in 
    connection with investigating or defending against any such loss, claim, 
    damage, liability or action; provided, however, that each Selling 
    Shareholder will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any 
    such loss, claim, damage or liability arises out of or is based upon an 
    untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged 
    omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with written 
    information relating to any Underwriter furnished by such Underwriter or 
    through you specifically for use in the preparation of the Registration 
    Statement or any such post-effective amendment thereof, any such 
    Preliminary Prospectus, or the Prospectus, or any such amendment thereof 
    or supplement thereto or in any application or other statement executed 
    by the Company or the Underwriters filed in any jurisdiction in order to 
    qualify the Shares under, or exempt the Shares or the sale thereof from 
    qualification under, the securities laws of such jurisdiction; and 
    provided further that the foregoing indemnity agreement is subject to 
    the condition that, insofar as it relates to any untrue statement, 
    alleged untrue statement, omission or alleged omission made in any 
    Preliminary Prospectus but eliminated or remedied in the Prospectus, 
    such indemnity 


                                     -33-


<PAGE>


    agreement shall not inure to the benefit of an Underwriter if the person 
    asserting any loss, claim, damage or liability purchase the Shares from 
    such Underwriter which is the subject thereof (or to the benefit of any 
    person who controls such Underwriter), if a copy of the Prospectus was 
    not sent or given to such person with, or prior to, the written 
    confirmation of the sale of such Shares to such person.  The 
    indemnification liability of Deluxe hereunder shall be limited to an 
    amount equal to the purchase price per Share set forth in Section 2(a)
    multiplied by the number of Shares sold by Deluxe pursuant to this 
    Agreement.  This indemnity agreement is in addition to any liability
    which each Selling Shareholder may otherwise have.
    
    (c)  Each Underwriter agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, 
    each of its directors, each of its officers who has signed the 
    Registration Statement, and each person who controls the Company within 
    the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, and each Selling 
    Shareholder, against any losses, claims, damages or liabilities to which 
    the Company or any such director, officer or controlling person or 
    Selling Shareholder may become subject under the Securities Act, the 
    Exchange Act, the common law or otherwise, insofar as such losses, 
    claims, damages or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out 
    of, or are based upon, (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue 
    statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or 
    any amendment thereof or supplement thereto, or the omission or alleged 
    omission to state in the Registration Statement or any amendment thereof 
    or supplement thereto, a material fact required to be stated therein or 
    necessary to make the statements therein not misleading; (ii) any untrue 
    statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in 
    any Preliminary Prospectus, if used prior to the Effective Date of the 
    Registration Statement, or in the Prospectus (as amended or as 
    supplemented, if the Company shall have filed with the SEC any amendment 
    thereof or supplement thereto), or the omission or alleged omission to 
    state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary 
    in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances 
    under which they were made, not misleading; or (iii) any untrue 
    statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in 
    any application or other statement executed by the Company or by the 
    Underwriters and filed in any jurisdiction in order to qualify the 
    Shares under, or exempt the Shares or the sale thereof from 
    qualification under, the securities laws of such jurisdiction, or the 
    omission or alleged omission to state in such application or statement a 
    material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the 
    statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were 
    made, not misleading; in each case to the extent, but only to the 
    extent, that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or 
    omission or alleged omission was made in reliance upon and in conformity 
    with written information furnished to the Company by, or on behalf of, 
    the Underwriters specifically for use in the preparation of the 
    Registration Statement or any such post-effective amendment thereof, any 
    such Preliminary Prospectus, or the Prospectus or any such amendment 
    thereof or supplement thereto, or in any application or other statement 
    executed by the Company or by the Underwriters and filed in any 
    jurisdiction; and the Underwriters will reimburse any legal or other 
    expenses reasonably incurred by the Company or any such director, 
    officer, or controlling person or the Selling Shareholders in connection 
    with investigating or defending against any such loss, claim, damage, 
    liability or action.  This indemnity agreement is in addition to any 
    liability which the Underwriters may otherwise have.
    
    (d)  Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 7 
    of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party 
    shall, if a claim in respect 


                                     -34-


<PAGE>


    thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 
    7, notify in writing the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof.
    The omission so to notify the indemnifying party will relieve it from 
    any liability under this Section 7 as to the particular item for which 
    indemnification is then being sought, but not from any other liability 
    which it may have to any indemnified party.  In case any such action is 
    brought against any indemnified party, and the indemnified party 
    notifies an indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the 
    indemnifying party will be entitled to participate therein and, to the 
    extent that it may wish, jointly with any other indemnifying party 
    similarly notified, to assume the defense thereof, with counsel who 
    shall be reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified party; and after 
    notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of the 
    indemnifying party's election so to assume the defense thereof, the 
    indemnifying party will not be liable to such indemnified party under 
    this Section 7 for any legal or other expenses subsequently incurred by 
    such indemnified party in connection with the defense thereof other than 
    reasonable costs of investigation; provided, however, that if the 
    defendants in any such action include both the indemnified party and the 
    indemnifying party, and the indemnified party shall have reasonably 
    concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it and/or other 
    indemnified parties which are different from or additional to those 
    available to the indemnifying party, the indemnified party or parties 
    shall have the right to select separate counsel to assume such legal 
    defenses and to otherwise participate in the defense of such action on 
    behalf of such indemnified party or parties, in which event the fees and 
    expenses of such separate counsel shall be borne by the indemnifying 
    party.  Any such indemnifying party shall not be liable to any such 
    indemnified party on account of any settlement of any claim or action 
    effected without the consent of such indemnifying party.
    
8.  CONTRIBUTION.

    (a)  In order to provide for just and equitable contribution in any 
    action in which the Underwriters or the Company (or any person who 
    controls the Underwriters or the Company within the meaning of Section 
    15 of the Securities Act) or the Selling Shareholders makes claim for 
    indemnification pursuant to Section 7 hereof, but such indemnification 
    is unavailable or insufficient to hold harmless and indemnify a party 
    under Section 7, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to the 
    amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of the 
    losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in Section 7 above 
    (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative 
    benefits received by the Company and the Selling Shareholders on the one 
    hand and the Underwriters on the other from the offering of the Shares 
    hereunder or (ii) if the allocation provided by the foregoing clause (i) 
    is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate 
    to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in such clause (i) 
    but also the relative fault of the Company and the Selling Shareholders 
    on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other in connection with the 
    statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or 
    liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.  
    The relative benefits received by the Company and the Selling 
    Shareholders on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other shall be 
    deemed to be in the same proportion as the total net proceeds from the 
    offering of the Shares (before the deducting expenses) received by the 
    Company and Selling Shareholders bear to the total underwriting 
    discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters, in each 


                                     -35-


<PAGE>


    case as set forth in the table on the cover page of the Prospectus.  The 
    relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, 
    whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material or the 
    omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to 
    information supplied by the Company, the Selling Shareholders or the 
    Underwriters and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access to 
    information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement 
    or omission.  The Company, the Selling Shareholders and the Underwriters 
    agree that it would not be just and equitable if contributions pursuant 
    to this Section 8 were to be determined by pro rata allocation (even if 
    the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any 
    other method of allocation which does not take into account the 
    equitable considerations referred to in the first sentence of this 
    Section 8.  The amount paid by an indemnified party as a result of the 
    losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in the first sentence 
    of this Section 8 shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses 
    reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with 
    investigating or defending against any action or claim which is the 
    subject of this Section 8.  Notwithstanding the provisions of this 
    Section 8, no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in 
    excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Shares 
    underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the 
    public exceeds the amount of any damages that such Underwriter has 
    otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged 
    untrue statement or omission or alleged omission; and Deluxe shall not 
    be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount equal to the 
    purchase price per share set forth in Section 2(a) multiplied by the 
    number of Shares sold by Deluxe pursuant to this Agreement.  No person 
    guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 
    11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any 
    person who is not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.  The 
    Underwriters' obligations in this Section 8 to contribute are several in 
    proportion to the respective underwriting obligations and not joint. 

    (b)  Promptly after receipt by a party to this Agreement of notice of 
    the commencement of any action, suit or proceeding, such person will, if 
    a claim for contribution in respect thereof is to be made against 
    another party (the "Contributing Party"), notify the Contributing Party 
    of the commencement thereof; but the omission so to notify the 
    Contributing Party will not relieve the Contributing Party from any 
    liability which it may have to any party other than under this Section 
    8.  Any notice given pursuant to Section 7 hereof shall be deemed to be 
    like notice hereunder.  In case any such action, suit or proceeding is 
    brought against any party, and such person notifies a Contributing Party 
    of the commencement thereof, the Contributing Party will be entitled to 
    participate therein with the notifying party and any other Contributing 
    Party similarly notified.

9.  EFFECTIVE DATE OF THIS AGREEMENT AND TERMINATION.

    (a)  This Agreement shall become effective at immediately after the time 
    at which the Registration Statement shall become effective under the 
    Securities Act upon the Effective Date of the Registration Statement.
    
    (b)  Until the First Closing Date, this Agreement may be terminated by 
    the Representative on behalf of the Underwriters, at its option, by 
    giving notice to the Company, and the option referred to in Section 
    2(b), if exercised, may be cancelled at any time prior to the Second 
    Closing Date, if (i) the Company shall have failed, refused, or 


                                     -36-


<PAGE>


    been unable, at or prior to such Closing Date, to perform any agreement 
    on its part to be performed hereunder, (ii) any other condition of the 
    Underwriters' obligations hereunder is not fulfilled or waived by the 
    Representative, (iii) trading in securities generally on the New York 
    Stock Exchange, the American Stock Exchange or in the over-the-counter 
    market shall have been suspended, (iv) minimum or maximum prices for 
    trading shall have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices for 
    securities shall be required, on the New York Stock Exchange, the 
    American Stock Exchange, or in the over-the-counter market, by such 
    Exchange or by Nasdaq or by order of the SEC or any other governmental 
    authority having jurisdiction, (v) a banking moratorium shall have been 
    declared by federal, New York, or Minnesota authorities, (vi) there 
    shall have been such a serious, unusual and material change in general 
    economic, monetary, political or financial conditions, or the effect of 
    international conditions on the financial markets in the United States 
    shall be such as, in the judgment of the Representative, makes it 
    inadvisable to proceed with the delivery of the Shares, (vii) the 
    enactment, publication, decree or other promulgation of any federal or 
    state statute, regulation, rule or order of any court or other 
    governmental authority which, in the judgment of the Representative, 
    materially and adversely affects or will materially and adversely affect 
    the business or operations of the Company, or (viii) there shall be a 
    material outbreak of hostilities or material escalation and 
    deterioration in the political and military situation between the United 
    States and any foreign power, or a formal declaration of war by the 
    United States of America shall have occurred.  Any such termination 
    shall be without liability of any party to any other party, except as 
    provided in Sections 7 and 8 hereof; provided, however, that the Company 
    shall remain obligated to pay costs and expenses to the extent provided 
    in Section 4 hereof.
    
    (c)  If the Representative elects to prevent this Agreement from 
    becoming effective or to terminate this Agreement as provided in this 
    Section 9, it shall notify the Company and the Attorneys promptly by 
    telegram or telephone, confirmed by letter sent to the address specified 
    in Section 12 hereof.  If the Company shall elect to prevent this 
    Agreement from becoming effective, it shall notify the Underwriters and 
    the Attorneys promptly by telegram or telephone, confirmed by letter 
    sent to the addresses specified in Section 12 hereof.
    
10.  DEFAULT BY ONE OR MORE OF THE SELLING SHAREHOLDERS OR THE COMPANY.  If 
one or more of the Selling Shareholders shall fail at either Closing Date to 
sell and deliver the number of Shares which such Selling Shareholder or 
Selling Shareholders are obligated to sell hereunder, and the remaining 
Selling Shareholders do not exercise the right hereby granted to increase, 
pro rata or otherwise, the number of Shares to be sold by them hereunder to 
the total number of Shares to be sold by all Selling Shareholders as set 
forth in Schedule I, then the Underwriters may, at the Representative's 
option, by notice from the Representative to the Company and the 
non-defaulting Selling Shareholders, either (i) terminate this Agreement 
without any liability on the part of any non-defaulting party or (ii) elect 
to purchase the Shares which the Company and the non-defaulting Selling 
Shareholders have agreed to sell hereunder.

    In the event of a default by any Selling Shareholder as referred to in 
this Section, either the Representative or the Company or, by joint action 
only, the non-defaulting Selling Shareholders, shall have the right to 
postpone either Closing Date for a period not exceeding 


                                     -37-


<PAGE>


seven days in order to effect any required changes in the Registration 
Statement or Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements.

    If the Company shall fail at the First Closing Date to sell and deliver 
the number of Shares which it is obligated to sell hereunder, then this 
Agreement shall terminate without any liability on the part of any 
non-defaulting party.

    No action taken pursuant to this Section shall relieve the Company or any 
Selling Shareholders so defaulting from liability, if any, in respect of such 
default.

11.  SURVIVAL OF INDEMNITIES, CONTRIBUTION AGREEMENTS, WARRANTIES AND 
REPRESENTATIONS.  The respective indemnity and contribution agreements of the 
Company, the Selling Shareholders and the Underwriters contained in Sections 
7 and 8; the respective representations and warranties of the Company and the 
Selling Shareholders set forth in Section 1 hereof; and the respective 
covenants and agreements of the Company and the Selling Shareholders set 
forth in Section 3 hereof, shall remain operative and in full force and 
effect, regardless of any investigation made by, or on behalf of, the 
Underwriters, the Company, any of its officers and directors, or any 
controlling person referred to in Sections 7 and 8, or the Selling 
Shareholders, and shall survive the delivery of and payment for the Shares.  
The aforesaid indemnity and contribution agreements shall also survive any 
termination or cancellation of this Agreement.  Any successor of any party or 
of any such controlling person, or any legal representative of such 
controlling person, as the case may be, shall be entitled to the benefit of 
the respective indemnity and contribution agreements.

12.  NOTICES.  All notices or communications hereunder, except as herein 
otherwise specifically provided, shall be in writing and shall be mailed, 
delivered or telegraphed, and confirmed, as follows:

If to the Representative or 
 the Underwriters, to:                R. J. Steichen & Company
                                      Midwest Plaza, Suite 1100
                                      801 Nicollet Mall
                                      Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402
                                      Attention:  Mr. Patrick M. Sidders

     with a copy to:                  Winthrop & Weinstine, P.A.
                                      3000 Dain Bosworth Plaza
                                      60 South Sixth Street
                                      Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402
                                      Attention:  Michele D. Vaillancourt, Esq.

If to the Company, to:                Printware, Inc.
                                      1270 Eagan Industrial Road
                                      St. Paul, Minnesota 55121
                                      Attention:  Daniel A. Baker, Ph.D.


                                     -38-


<PAGE>

     with a copy to:                     Lindquist & Vennum P.L.L.P.
                                         4200 IDS Center
                                         80 South Eighth Street
                                         Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402
                                         Attention:  Richard D. McNeil, Esq.

     If to the Selling Shareholders, to: Daniel A. Baker, Ph.D.
                                         Thomas W. Petschauer
                                         Printware, Inc.
                                         1270 Eagan Industrial Road
                                         St. Paul, Minnesota 55121

13.  INFORMATION FURNISHED BY THE UNDERWRITERS AND DELUXE.  The statements 
relating to the stabilization activities of the Underwriters and the 
statements under the caption "Underwriting" in any Preliminary Prospectus and 
in the Prospectus constitute the written information furnished by, or on 
behalf of, the Underwriters specifically for use with reference to the 
Underwriters referred to in Section 1(a)(ii) and Sections 7(a) and 7(b) 
hereof.  The name and address of Deluxe, the statements set forth opposite 
the name of Deluxe (other than information related to percentages of 
outstanding shares before and after the offering of Shares) in the table 
appearing under the caption "Principal and Selling Shareholders" in any 
Preliminary Prospectus and in the Prospectus, and the dollar amounts and the 
identity of the payors and the payees thereof set forth under the caption 
"Certain Transactions" in any Preliminary Prospectus and in the Prospectus, 
constitute the written information furnished by, or on behalf of Deluxe 
specifically for use with reference to Deluxe referred to in Section 1(b)(ix) 
and Section 7(b) hereof.

14.  SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS.  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of 
and be binding upon the Underwriters, the Company, and the Selling 
Shareholders and their respective successors and assigns, and the officers, 
directors and controlling persons referred to in Sections 7 and 8.  Nothing 
expressed in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any 
person or corporation, other than the parties hereto, their respective 
successors and assigns, and the controlling persons, officers and directors 
referred to in Sections 7 and 8 any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim 
under, or in respect of, this Agreement or any provision herein contained, 
this Agreement and all conditions and provisions hereof being intended to be 
and being for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties hereto and their 
respective executors, administrators, successors, assigns and such 
controlling persons, officers and directors, and for the benefit of no other 
person or corporation.  No purchaser of any Shares from the Underwriters 
shall be construed a successor or assign merely by reason of such purchase.

15.  GOVERNING LAW.  This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in 
accordance with the laws of the State of Minnesota.


                                     -39-


<PAGE>


    If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our 
agreement, please sign and return to us the enclosed counterpart of this 
Agreement, whereupon it will become a binding agreement among the Company, 
the Underwriters and the Selling Shareholders in accordance with its terms.

                                   Very truly yours,
                                  
                                   PRINTWARE, INC.
                                  
                                   By 
                                      ----------------------------------
                                         Signature
                                  
                                   -------------------------------------
                                         Name Typed or Printed
                                  
                                   Its 
                                      ----------------------------------
                                         Title Typed or Printed
                                  
                                   SELLING SHAREHOLDERS named on
                                        Schedule I hereto
                                  
                                   By
                                      ----------------------------------
                                         Signature of Attorney-in-Fact
                                         for Selling Shareholders
                                  
                                   -------------------------------------
                                         Name Typed or Printed

ACCEPTANCE

The foregoing Underwriting Agreement is
hereby confirmed and accepted by us as of
the date first above written.

R. J. STEICHEN & COMPANY


By
   ----------------------------------
       Signature

- -------------------------------------
       Name Type or Printed

Its 
   ----------------------------------
       Title Typed or Printed


                                     -40-


<PAGE>


                                  SCHEDULE I


                                   Number of
                                 Firm Shares          Additional
COMPANY                           to be Sold     Over-Allotment Shares
- -------                          -----------     ---------------------
Printware, Inc.                    1,200,000            180,000

Selling Shareholders
- --------------------
Deluxe Corporation                   274,600             41,190
Donald V. Mager                       62,300              9,345
Allen L. Taylor                       62,300              9,345
Minnesota Technology, Inc.               800                120
                                   ---------            -------
Total .........................    1,600,000            240,000
                                   ---------            -------
                                   ---------            -------


<PAGE>


                                  SCHEDULE II

                                                           Number of
Underwriters                                             Firm Shares (1)
- ------------                                             ---------------
R. J. Steichen & Company, Inc.

                                                         ---------------

    Total ........................................           1,600,000
                                                             ---------
                                                             ---------

- -------------------
(1)  The Underwriters may purchase up to an additional 240,000 Option Shares, 
     to the extent the option described in Section 2(b) of the Agreement is 
     exercised, in the proportions and in the manner described in the 
     Agreement.


                                     -42-


<PAGE>

 
                                  APPENDIX A

                        FORM OF "LOCK-UP" AGREEMENT FOR
                             DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

                               LOCK-UP AGREEMENT


R. J. STEICHEN & COMPANY
Midwest Plaza, Suite 1100
801 Nicollet Mall
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402

Re: Printware, Inc.

Ladies and Gentlemen:

    The undersigned, a beneficial owner of common stock, no par value (the 
"Common Stock") of Printware, Inc. (the "Company"), understands and 
acknowledges that the Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission a Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the "Registration 
Statement") for the registration of the offer and sale of 1,600,000 shares of 
Common Stock (plus up to an additional 240,000 shares subject to the 
Underwriters' over-allotment option) (collectively, the "Shares").  The 
undersigned further understands that the Company, as issuer, and R. J. 
Steichen & Company, on behalf of the underwriters (collectively, the 
"Underwriters") named in Schedule II to that certain proposed underwriting 
agreement expected to be entered into in connection with the public offering 
of the Shares by the Underwriters (the "Underwriting Agreement"), contemplate 
entering into such Underwriting Agreement.

    In order to induce the Underwriters to proceed with the public offering, 
the undersigned agrees, for the benefit of the Company and the Underwriters, 
that should such public offering be effectuated, the undersigned will not, 
without the prior written consent of the R. J. Steichen & Company, during the 
six (6) months commencing on the effective date of the Registration Statement:

         (i) offer to sell, contract to sell, sell, pledge, hypothecate, 
     transfer or otherwise dispose of, grant any rights with respect to 
     (collectively, a "Disposition"), any shares of Common Stock of the 
     Company, and options, warrants and other rights to purchase any shares 
     of Common Stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or 
     exercisable for shares of Common Stock now owned or hereafter acquired 
     by the undersigned (collectively, "Securities") or with respect to which 
     the undersigned has or hereafter acquires the power of Disposition; or

         (ii) effect any Disposition of any of the Securities


                                      A-1


<PAGE>


     other than by gifts to donees who agree in writing to be bound by the 
     same restriction, or by will or the laws of descent.

    The undersigned hereby agrees to the entry of stop transfer instructions 
with the Company's transfer agent against the transfer of the Securities 
except in compliance with this Agreement.


Dated: ___________, 1996                Very truly yours,

                                        -------------------------------------
                                        Signature

                                        -------------------------------------
                                        Name Typed or Printed


                                      A-2


<PAGE>


                                  APPENDIX B

                       FORM OF REPRESENTATIVE'S WARRANTS


<PAGE>


                                     PRINTWARE, INC.



                               COMMON STOCK PURCHASE WARRANT

NO. _____                                                       _______ SHARES


         FOR GOOD AND VALUABLE CONSIDERATION, Printware, Inc., a Minnesota 
corporation (the "Company"), hereby certifies that R.J. Steichen & Company, 
Minneapolis, Minnesota (the "Representative"), or its registered assigns, is 
entitled to subscribe for and purchase from the Company at any time or from 
time to time after [ONE YEAR FROM EFFECTIVE DATE], to and including 
[FIVE YEARS FROM EFFECTIVE DATE], One Hundred Twenty Thousand (120,000) fully 
paid and nonassessable shares of the Common Stock of the Company at the 
purchase price of $_____ per share [120% OF INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING PRICE] 
(the "Warrant Exercise Price"), subject to adjustment as provided herein.  
Reference is made to this Warrant in the Underwriting Agreement dated 
___________, 1996 by and between, among others, the Company and the 
Representative.  As used herein, (i) this warrant and all warrants hereafter 
issued in exchange or substitution for this warrant are referred to as the 
"Warrants;" (ii) the shares which may be acquired upon exercise of the 
Warrants are referred to herein as the "Warrant Shares;" (iii) the term 
"Holder" means the Representative, any party who acquires all or a part of 
this Warrant as a registered transferee of the Representative, or any record 
holder or holders of the Warrant Shares issued upon exercise, whether in 
whole or in part, of the Warrant; (iv) the term "Common Stock" means and 
includes the Company's presently authorized common stock, no par value, 
together with any other equity securities which may be issued by the Company 
with respect thereto or in substitution therefor; and (v) the term 
"Convertible Securities" means any stock or other securities convertible 
into, or exchangeable for, Common Stock.

         This Warrant is subject to the following provisions, terms and 
conditions, to which each Holder hereof consents and agrees:

1.       EXERCISE; TRANSFERABILITY.

         (a)  The rights represented by this Warrant may be exercised by the 
Holder hereof, in whole or in part (but not as to a fractional share of 
Common Stock) by written notice of exercise (in the form attached hereto) 
delivered to the Company at the principal office of the Company prior to the 
expiration of this Warrant and accompanied or preceded by the surrender of 
this Warrant along with a check in payment of the Warrant Exercise Price for 
the Warrant Shares being acquired upon such exercise.

         (b)  Until exercisable, this Warrant may not be sold, assigned, 
hypothecated, or otherwise transferred (other than by will, pursuant to the 
operation of law, or where directed by a court of competent jurisdiction upon 
the dissolution or liquidation of a corporate Holder hereof), except to (i) a 
person who is both an officer and a shareholder of the Representative, (ii) a 
successor in interest to the business of the Representative, (iii) a person 
who is both an officer and a shareholder of a successor, or (iv) a person who 
is an employee of the Representative or a successor, but only if such 
employee is also an officer of the Representative or successor; such transfer 
to be by endorsement (by the Holder hereof executing the form of 


<PAGE>


assignment attached hereto) and delivery in the same manner as in the case of 
a negotiable instrument transferable by endorsement and delivery.  Further, 
this Warrant may not be sold, transferred, assigned, hypothecated or divided 
into two or more Warrants of smaller denominations, nor may any Warrant 
Shares issued pursuant to exercise of this Warrant be transferred, except as 
provided in Section 7 hereof.

     2.  EXCHANGE AND REPLACEMENT.  Subject to Sections 1 and 7 hereof, this 
Warrant is exchangeable upon the surrender hereof by the Holder to the 
Company at its office for new Warrants of like tenor and date representing in 
the aggregate the right to purchase the number of Warrant Shares purchasable 
hereunder, each of such new Warrants to represent the right to purchase such 
number of Warrant Shares (not to exceed the aggregate total number 
purchasable hereunder) as shall be designated by the Holder at the time of 
such surrender.  Upon receipt by the Company of evidence reasonably 
satisfactory to it of the loss, theft, destruction, or mutilation of this 
Warrant, and, in case of loss, theft or destruction, of indemnity or security 
reasonably satisfactory to it, and upon surrender and cancellation of this 
Warrant, if mutilated, the Company will make and deliver a new Warrant of 
like tenor, in lieu of this Warrant; provided, however, that if the 
Representative shall be such Holder, an agreement of indemnity by such Holder 
shall be sufficient for all purposes of this Section 2.  This Warrant shall 
be promptly canceled by the Company upon the surrender hereof in connection 
with any exchange or replacement.  The Company shall pay all expenses, taxes 
(other than stock transfer taxes), and other charges payable in connection 
with the preparation, execution, and delivery of Warrants pursuant to this 
Section 2.

     3.  ISSUANCE OF THE WARRANT SHARES.

         (a)  The Company agrees that the shares of Common Stock purchased 
upon exercise of this Warrant shall be and are deemed to be issued to the 
Holder as of the close of business on the date on which this Warrant shall 
have been surrendered and the payment made for such Warrant Shares as 
aforesaid.  Subject to the provisions of Section 3(b), the Company shall 
deliver or cause to be delivered to the Holder within a reasonable time, not 
exceeding fifteen (15) days after the rights represented by this Warrant 
shall have been so exercised, certificates for the Warrant Shares so 
purchased, and, unless this Warrant has expired, a new Warrant representing 
the right to purchase the number of Warrant Shares, if any, with respect to 
which this Warrant shall not then have been exercised shall also be delivered 
to the Holder within such time.

         (b)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall not be 
required to deliver any certificate for Warrant Shares upon exercise of this 
Warrant except in accordance with exemptions from the applicable securities 
registration requirements or registrations under applicable securities laws.  
Nothing herein, however, shall obligate the Company to effect registrations 
under federal or state securities laws, except as provided in Section 9.  If 
registrations are not in effect and if exemptions are not available when the 
Holder seeks to exercise the Warrant, the Warrant exercise period will be 
extended, if need be, to prevent the Warrant from expiring, until such time 
as either registrations become effective or exemptions are available, and the 
Warrant shall then remain exercisable for a period of at least 30 calendar 
days from the date the Company delivers to the Holder written notice of the 
availability of such registrations or exemptions.  The Holder agrees to 
execute such documents and make such representations, warranties, and 
agreements as may be reasonably required solely to comply with 

                                     -2-

<PAGE>

the exemptions relied upon by the Company, or the registrations made, for the 
issuance of the Warrant Shares.

     4.  COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.  The Company covenants and agrees that all 
Warrant Shares will, upon issuance, be duly authorized and issued, fully 
paid, nonassessable and free from all taxes, liens and charges with respect 
to the issue thereof.  The Company further covenants and agrees that during 
the period within which the rights represented by this Warrant may be 
exercised, the Company will at all times have authorized and reserved for the 
purpose of issue or transfer upon exercise of the subscription rights 
evidenced by this Warrant a sufficient number of shares of Common Stock to 
provide for the exercise of the rights represented by this Warrant.

     5.  ANTIDILUTION ADJUSTMENTS.  The provisions of this Warrant are 
subject to adjustment as provided in this Section 5.

         (a)  The Warrant Exercise Price shall be adjusted from time to time 
such that in case the Company shall hereafter:

              (i)   pay any dividends on any class of stock of the Company 
     payable in Common Stock or securities convertible into Common Stock;

              (ii)  subdivide its then outstanding shares of Common Stock 
     into a greater number of shares; or

              (iii) combine outstanding shares of Common Stock, by 
     reclassification or otherwise;

then, in any such event, the Warrant Exercise Price in effect immediately 
prior to such event shall (until adjusted again pursuant hereto) be adjusted 
immediately after such event to a price (calculated to the nearest full cent) 
determined by dividing (A) the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding 
immediately prior to such event, multiplied by the then existing Warrant 
Exercise Price, by (B) the total number of shares of Common Stock outstanding 
immediately after such event (including in each case the maximum number of 
shares of Common Stock issuable in respect of any securities convertible into 
Common Stock), and the resulting quotient shall be the adjusted Warrant 
Exercise Price per share.  An adjustment made pursuant to this subsection 
shall become effective immediately after the record date in the case of a 
dividend or distribution and shall become effective immediately after the 
effective date in the case of a subdivision, combination, reclassification or 
other event.  If, as a result of an adjustment made pursuant to this 
subsection, the Holder of any Warrant thereafter surrendered for exercise 
shall become entitled to receive shares of two or more classes of capital 
stock or shares of Common Stock and other capital stock of the Company, the 
Board of Directors (whose determination shall be conclusive) shall determine 
the allocation of the adjusted Warrant Exercise Price between or among shares 
of such classes of capital stock or shares of Common Stock and other capital 
stock.  All calculations under this subsection shall be made to the nearest 
cent or to the nearest 1/100 of a share, as the case may be.  In the event 
that at any time as a result of an adjustment made pursuant to this 
subsection, the holder of any Warrant thereafter surrendered for exercise 
shall become entitled to receive any shares of the Company other than shares 
of Common Stock, thereafter the Warrant Exercise Price of such other shares 
so receivable upon exercise of any 

                                       -3-

<PAGE>

Warrant shall be subject to adjustment from time to time in a manner and on 
terms as nearly equivalent as practicable to the provisions with respect to 
Common Stock contained in this subsection.

         (b)  Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Exercise Price pursuant to 
Section 5(a) above, the Holder of each Warrant shall thereafter (until 
another such adjustment) be entitled to purchase at the adjusted Warrant 
Exercise Price the number of shares, calculated to the nearest full share, 
obtained by multiplying the number of shares specified in such Warrant (as 
adjusted as a result of all adjustments in the Warrant Exercise Price in 
effect prior to such adjustment) by the Warrant Exercise Price in effect 
prior to such adjustment and dividing the product so obtained by the adjusted 
Warrant Exercise Price.

         (c)  In case of any consolidation or merger to which the Company is 
a party other than a merger or consolidation in which the Company is the 
continuing corporation, or in case of any sale or conveyance to another 
corporation of the property of the Company as an entirety or substantially as 
an entirety, or in the case of any statutory exchange of securities with 
another corporation (including any exchange effected in connection with a 
merger of a third corporation into the Company), there shall be no adjustment 
under Subsection (a) of this Section above but the Holder of each Warrant 
then outstanding shall have the right thereafter to convert such Warrant into 
the kind and amount of shares of stock and other securities and property 
which he would have owned or have been entitled to receive immediately after 
such consolidation, merger, statutory exchange, sale, or conveyance had such 
Warrant been converted immediately prior to the effective date of such 
consolidation, merger, statutory exchange, sale, or conveyance and in any 
such case, if necessary, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the 
application of the provisions set forth in this subsection with respect to 
the rights and interests thereafter of any Holders of the Warrant, to the end 
that the provisions set forth in this subsection shall thereafter 
correspondingly be made applicable, as nearly as may reasonably be, in 
relation to any shares of stock and other securities and property thereafter 
deliverable on the exercise of the Warrant.  The provisions of this 
subsection shall similarly apply to successive consolidations, mergers, 
statutory exchanges, sales or conveyances.

         (d)  Upon any adjustment of the Warrant Exercise Price, then and in 
each such case, the Company shall (i) give written notice thereof, by 
first-class mail, postage prepaid, within ten (10) calendar days after the 
date when the circumstances giving rise to the adjustment occurred, addressed 
to the Holder as shown on the books of the Company, which notice shall state 
the Warrant Exercise Price resulting from such adjustment and the increase or 
decrease, if any, in the number of shares of Common Stock purchasable at such 
price upon the exercise of this Warrant, setting forth in reasonable detail 
the method of calculation and the facts upon which such calculation is based; 
and (ii) prepare and retain on file a statement describing in reasonable 
detail the method used in arriving at the new Warrant Exercise Price.

     6.  NO VOTING RIGHTS.  This Warrant shall not entitle the Holder to any 
voting rights or other rights as a shareholder of the Company.

                                      -4-

<PAGE>


     7.  NOTICE OF TRANSFER OF WARRANT OR RESALE OF THE WARRANT SHARES.

         (a)  Subject to the sale, assignment, hypothecation, or other 
transfer restrictions set forth in Section 1 hereof, the Holder, by 
acceptance hereof, agrees to give written notice to the Company before 
transferring this Warrant or transferring any Warrant Shares of such Holder's 
intention to do so, describing briefly the manner of any proposed transfer.  
Promptly upon receiving such written notice, the Company shall present copies 
thereof to the Company's counsel and to counsel to the original purchaser of 
this Warrant.  If, in the opinion of each such counsel, the proposed transfer 
may be effected without registration or qualification (under any federal or 
state securities laws), the Company, as promptly as practicable, shall notify 
the Holder of such opinion, whereupon the Holder shall be entitled to 
transfer this Warrant or to dispose of Warrant Shares received upon the 
previous exercise of this Warrant, all in accordance with the terms of the 
notice delivered by the Holder to the Company; provided that an appropriate 
legend may be endorsed on this Warrant or the certificates for such Warrant 
Shares describing restrictions upon transfer thereof necessary or advisable 
in the opinion of counsel and satisfactory to the Company to prevent further 
transfers which would be in violation of Section 5 of the Securities Act of 
1933, as amended (the "Securities Act") and applicable state securities laws; 
and provided further that the prospective transferee or purchaser shall 
execute such documents and make such representations, warranties, and 
agreements as may be required solely to comply with the exemptions relied 
upon by the Company for the transfer or disposition of the Warrant or Warrant 
Shares.

         (b)  If, in the opinion of either of the counsel referred to in this 
Section 7, the proposed transfer or disposition of this Warrant or such 
Warrant Shares described in the written notice given pursuant to this Section 
7 may not be effected without registration or qualification of this Warrant 
or such Warrant Shares, the Company shall promptly give written notice 
thereof to the Holder, and the Holder will limit its activities in respect to 
such transfer or disposition as, in the opinion of both such counsel, are 
permitted by law.

         (c)  Until this Warrant is duly transferred on the books of the 
Company, the Company shall treat the registered Holder of this Warrant as 
absolute owner hereof for all purposes without being affected by any notice 
to the Company.

     8.  FRACTIONAL SHARES.  Fractional shares shall not be issued upon the 
exercise of this Warrant, but in any case where the holder would, except for 
the provisions of this Section, be entitled under the terms hereof to receive 
a fractional share, the Company shall, upon the exercise of this Warrant for 
the largest number of whole shares then called for, pay a sum in cash equal 
to the sum of (a) the excess, if any, of the "Fair Market Value" (as defined 
in Section 10(d) hereof) of such fractional share over the proportional part 
of the Warrant Exercise Price represented by such fractional share, plus (b) 
the proportional part of the Warrant Exercise Price represented by such 
fractional share.  

     9.  REGISTRATION RIGHTS.

         (a)  The Company agrees that, if at any time (but on a one-time 
basis only) during the period commencing one year from the date of this 
Warrant and ending five (5) years from [DATE OF EFFECTIVENESS], and provided 
that a Registration Statement on Form S-3 

                                     -5-

<PAGE>


(or its equivalent) is then available to the Company, the Holder of this 
Warrant and/or the Holders of any other Warrants and/or Warrant Shares who 
collectively shall hold not less than 50% of the Warrants and/or Warrant 
Shares outstanding at such time and not previously sold pursuant to this 
Section 9, shall request that the Company file a registration statement 
covering all or any part of the Warrant Shares:

              (i)   the Company will promptly notify the Holder and all other 
     registered Holders, if any, of other Warrants and/or Warrant Shares that 
     such registration statement will be filed and that the Warrant Shares 
     which are then held and/or which may be acquired upon the exercise of the
     Warrants by the Holder and such other Holders will be included in such
     registration statement at the Holder's and such Holders' request; and

              (ii)  the Company will cause such registration statement to 
     include all Warrant Shares which it has been so requested to include, will
     take all necessary steps to register or qualify such Warrant Shares under
     the Securities Act and the securities laws of such states as the holders
     may reasonably request, and will use its best efforts to cause such 
     registration statement and qualifications to become effective as soon as
     practicable.

The Company shall keep effective and maintain any registration, 
qualification, notification, or approval specified in this Section 9(a) for 
such period as may be reasonably necessary for such Holder or Holders of such 
Warrant Shares to dispose thereof and from time to time shall amend or 
supplement the prospectus used in connection therewith to the extent 
necessary in order to comply with applicable law; provided, that the Company 
need not maintain the effectiveness of any such registration, qualification, 
notification or approval, whether or not at the request of the Holders, more 
than nine (9) months following the effective date thereof.

         (b)  The Company agrees that, if at any time and from time to time 
during the period commencing one year from the date of this Warrant and 
ending two (2) years after complete exercise of this Warrant (but not more 
than seven (7) years from the date of this Warrant), the Company proposes to 
file a registration statement under the Securities Act (other than a Form S-4 
or Form S-8 Registration Statement or any successor forms thereto) or qualify 
for a public distribution under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act, any of 
its securities in connection with the proposed offer of such securities by 
the Company or any of its shareholders:

              (i)   the Company will promptly notify the Holder and all other 
     registered Holders, if any, of other Warrants and/or Warrant Shares, at 
     least thirty (30) days prior to each such filing, that it intends to file
     such registration statement or effect such qualification, and that the 
     Warrant Shares which are then held and/or which may be acquired upon the
     exercise of the Warrants by the Holder and such other Holders will be
     included in such registration statement or qualification at the Holder's
     and such Holders' request; and

              (ii)  the Company will use its best efforts to cause such 
     registration statement or qualification to include all Warrant Shares 
     which it has been so requested to include; provided, however, that if a
     greater number of Warrant Shares is offered for participation in the 
     proposed offering than in the reasonable opinion of the managing 
     underwriter of the proposed offering can be accommodated without adversely
     affecting 

                                     -6-

<PAGE>

     the proposed offering, then the amount of Warrant Shares proposed to be 
     offered by such Holders for registration, as well as the number of 
     securities of any other selling shareholders participating in the 
     registration, shall be excluded or proportionately reduced to a number 
     deemed satisfactory by the managing underwriter.

The Holder and such other Holders may request that their Warrant Shares be 
included in such registration statement or qualification by making written 
request to the Company specifying the number of Warrant Shares to be so 
included.  Such request shall be made within twenty (20) days after receipt 
from the Company of notice of such intended registration or qualification.

         (c)  With respect to each inclusion of securities in a registration 
or qualification pursuant to this Section 9, the Company shall bear all fees, 
costs, and expenses thereof, including, without limitation, all filing fees, 
fees imposed by the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., 
printing expenses, fees and disbursements of counsel and accountants for the 
Company, fees and disbursements of counsel for the underwriter or 
underwriters of such securities (if the Company is required to bear such fees 
and disbursements), all internal expenses, the premiums and other costs of 
policies of insurance against liability arising out of the public offering, 
and legal fees and disbursements and other expenses of complying with state 
securities laws of any jurisdictions in which the securities to be offered 
are to be registered or qualified.  Fees and disbursements of special counsel 
and accountants for the selling Holders, underwriting discounts and 
commissions, and transfer taxes for selling Holders shall be borne by the 
selling Holders.

         (d)  The Company will furnish the Holders whose Warrant Shares are 
included in a registration or qualification pursuant to this Section 9 with a 
reasonable number of copies of any prospectus and/or other offering materials 
included in such filings and will amend or supplement the same as required 
during the period of required use thereof.  In connection with any 
registration filed or qualification made pursuant to this Section 9 in which 
Warrant Shares are included, and to the extent permissible under the 
Securities Act and controlling precedent thereunder, the Company and each 
Holder whose Warrant Shares are so included in such registration or 
qualification shall provide cross-indemnification agreements to each other in 
customary scope covering the accuracy and completeness of the information 
furnished by each in connection therewith.

         (e)  Each Holder of Warrant Shares included in a registration or 
qualification pursuant to this Section 9 agrees to cooperate with the Company 
in the preparation and filing of any such registration statement or other 
offering materials and in the furnishing of information concerning the Holder 
for inclusion therein, or in any efforts by the Company to establish that the 
proposed sale is exempt under the Securities Act as to any proposed 
distribution.

     10. RIGHT TO CONVERT.

         (a)  The Holder of this Warrant shall have the right to require the 
Company to convert this Warrant (the "Conversion Right"), at any time after 
one year from the date of this Warrant and prior to its expiration, into 
shares of Common Stock as provided for in this Section 10.  Upon exercise of 
the Conversion Right by the Holder, the Company shall deliver to the Holder 
(without payment by the Holder of any exercise price) that number of shares 
of Common Stock equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the value of 
the Warrant at the time the 

                                     -7-

<PAGE>

Conversion Right is exercised (determined by subtracting the aggregate 
Warrant Exercise Price for the Warrant Shares in effect immediately prior to 
the exercise of the Conversion Right from the aggregate "Fair Market Value" 
(as determined below) for the Warrant Shares immediately prior to the 
exercise of the Conversion Right) by (y) the Fair Market Value of one share 
of Common Stock immediately prior to the exercise of the Conversion Right.

         (b)  The Conversion Right may be exercised by the Holder, at any 
time or from time to time, prior to its expiration, on any business day, by 
delivering a written notice (the "Conversion Notice") to the Company at the 
offices of the Company exercising the Conversion Right an specifying (i) the 
total number of shares of Common Stock the Holder will purchase pursuant to 
such conversion, and (ii) a place, and a date not less than five (5) nor more 
than twenty (20) business days from the date of the Conversion Notice, for 
the closing of such purchase.

         (c)  At any closing under Section 10(b) hereof, (i) the Holder will 
surrender the Warrant, (ii) the Company will deliver or cause to be delivered 
to the Holder a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of 
Common Stock issuable upon such conversion, together with cash, in lieu of 
any fraction of a share, and (iii) the Company will deliver to the Holder a 
new Warrant representing the number of shares of Common Stock, if any, with 
respect to which the Warrant shall not have been converted.

         (d)  "Fair Market Value" of a share of Common Stock as of a 
particular date (the "Determination Date") shall mean:

              (i)  If the Company's Common Stock is traded on an exchange or 
     is quoted on The Nasdaq National Market or Nasdaq SmallCap Market, then 
     the average closing or last sale prices, respectively, reported for the 
     ten (10) business days immediately preceding the Determination Date.

              (ii)  If the Company's Common Stock is not traded on an 
     exchange or on The Nasdaq National Market or SmallCap Market but is traded
     in the over-the-counter market, then the average of the closing bid and 
     asked prices as reported by Metro Data Company, Inc. (or a similar 
     organization) from quotations by market makers in such Common Stock on the
     Minneapolis-St. Paul local over-the-counter market for the 
     ten (10) business days immediately preceding the Determination Date.

     11. MISCELLANEOUS.  The Company shall not, by amendment of its articles 
of incorporation or through reorganization, consolidation, merger, 
dissolution or sale of assets, or by any other voluntary act or deed, avoid 
or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the covenants, 
stipulations or conditions to be observed or performed hereunder by the 
Company, but will, at all times in good faith, assist, insofar as it is able, 
in the carrying out of all provisions hereof and in the taking of all other 
action which may be necessary in order to protect the rights of the Holders 
against dilution.

     Upon written request of the Holder of this Warrant, the Company will 
promptly provide such Holder with a then current written list of the names 
and addresses of all Holders of warrants originally issued under the terms 
of, and concurrent with, this Warrant.

                                     -8-

<PAGE>


     The representations, warranties and agreements herein contained shall 
survive the exercise of this Warrant.  This Warrant shall be interpreted 
under the laws of the State of Minnesota.
  
         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Printware, Inc. has caused this Warrant to be 
signed by its duly authorized officer and to be dated ___________, 1996.

                                        PRINTWARE, INC.



                                        By________________________________
                                              Signature

                                        __________________________________
                                             Name Typed or Printed

                                        Its_______________________________
                                             Title Typed or Printed




MPLS:78347-2

                                         -9-

<PAGE>


                            NOTICE OF EXERCISE OF WARRANT

         (To be signed upon the exercise of the Warrant for cash or by check)


     The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise the attached 
Warrant and to purchase thereunder, for cash, ________________ of the shares 
of Common Stock of Printware, Inc. issuable upon the exercise of such 
Warrant, herewith makes payment of $___________ therefor in cash or by check, 
and requests that certificates for such shares (together with a new Warrant 
to purchase the number of shares, if any, with respect to which this Warrant 
is not exercised) be issued in the name set forth below and be delivered to 
the address set forth below. 

Dated:  ________________

                                       _______________________________________
                                       (Signature)

                                           
                                       _______________________________________
                                       (Name Typed or Printed)

                                       _______________________________________
                                       (Address)

                                       _______________________________________
                                       (Social Security or Tax Ident. No.)


*    The signature on the Notice of Exercise of Warrant must exactly correspond
     to the name as written upon the face of the Warrant in every particular
     without alteration or any change whatsoever.  When signing on behalf of a
     corporation, partnership, trust or other entity, PLEASE indicate your 
     position(s) and title(s) with such entity.

                                     -10-

<PAGE>


                            NOTICE OF WARRANT CONVERSION

                 (To be signed only upon conversion of warrant)


     The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise the conversion 
right provided in Section 10 of the attached Warrant and to purchase 
thereunder _____________ Shares of the Common Stock of Printware, Inc. to 
which such Warrant relates and herewith tenders the Warrant in full payment 
of the shares and requests that the certificates for such shares be issued in 
the name of, and be delivered to _________________________, whose address is 
set forth below the signature of the undersigned. 

Dated:  ________________

                                       _______________________________________
                                       (Signature)

                                       _______________________________________
                                       (Name Typed or Printed)


                                       _______________________________________
      
                                       _______________________________________
                                       (Address)


*    The signature on the Assignment of Warrant must exactly correspond to the 
     name as written upon the face of the Warrant in every particular without 
     alteration or any change whatsoever.  When signing on behalf of a 
     corporation, partnership, trust or other entity, PLEASE indicate your 
     position(s) and title(s) with such entity.

                                         -11-

<PAGE>


                                 ASSIGNMENT OF WARRANT

             (To be signed only upon authorized transfer of the Warrant)


     FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells, assigns, and transfers 
unto _________________________________ the right to purchase _______________ 
shares of the Common Stock of Printware, Inc. to which the within Warrant 
relates and appoints _________________________________, as attorney-in-fact, 
to transfer said right on the books of Printware, Inc. with full power of 
substitution in the premises. 

Dated:  ________________

                                       _______________________________________
                                       (Signature)

                                       _______________________________________
                                       (Name Typed or Printed)

                                       _______________________________________
                                       (Address)

                                       _______________________________________
                                       (Social Security or Tax Ident. No.)


*    The signature on the Assignment of Warrant must exactly correspond to the 
     name as written upon the face of the Warrant in every particular without 
     alteration or any change whatsoever.  When signing on behalf of a 
     corporation, partnership, trust or other entity, PLEASE indicate your 
     position(s) and title(s) with such entity.

                                       -12-


<PAGE>


                               RESTRICTION ON TRANSFER


     The security evidenced hereby has not been registered under the 
Securities Act of 1933 or any state securities laws and may not be sold, 
transferred, assigned, offered, pledged or otherwise distributed for value 
unless there is an effective registration statement under such act or laws 
covering such security or the company receives an opinion of counsel for the 
Company stating that such sale, transfer, assignment, pledge or distribution 
is exempt from the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the 
Securities Act of 1933 and all applicable state securities laws.

 



 

 


                                   -13-


<PAGE>

                                                                 EXHIBIT 1.2


                              1,600,000 Shares(1)

                                 PRINTWARE, INC.

                                  Common Stock

                           SELECTED DEALERS' AGREEMENT

Gentlemen:

    1.    R.J. Steichen & Company and the other Underwriters named in the
Prospectus referred to below (the "Underwriters"), acting through us as
Representative, have severally agreed to purchase, subject to the terms and
conditions set forth in the Underwriting Agreement referred to in the Prospectus
(the "Underwriting Agreement"), from Printware, Inc., a Minnesota corporation
(the "Company"), and certain selling shareholders of the Company named in the
Underwriting Agreement (the "Selling Shareholders"), an aggregate of 1,600,000
shares (the "Firm Shares") of the Company's common stock, no par value 
("Common Stock").  Of the Firm Shares, 1,200,000 Firm Shares are to be
sold by the Company and 400,000 Firm Shares are to be sold by the Selling
Shareholders.  In addition, the several Underwriters have been granted an option
to purchase from the Company and the Selling Shareholders up to an aggregate of
an additional 240,000 shares of Common Stock (the "Option Shares") to cover
overallotments in connection with the sale of the Firm Shares.  The Firm Shares
and the Option Shares are hereinafter collectively called the "Shares."  The
Shares and the terms upon which they are to be offered for sale by the several
Underwriters are more particularly described in the enclosed Prospectus.

    2.    The Shares are to be offered to the public by the several Underwriters
at a price of $_______ per share (hereinafter called the "Public Offering
Price") and in accordance with the terms of offering set forth in the
Prospectus.

    3.    Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, some or all of the several
Underwriters are severally offering a portion of the Shares for sale to (i)
certain dealers which are members of the National Association of Shares Dealers,
Inc. (the "NASD") and which agree to comply with all applicable rules of the
NASD, including, without limitation, the NASD's Interpretation with respect to
Free-Riding and Withholding and Section 24 of Article III of the NASD's Rules of
Fair Practice, and (ii) foreign dealers or institutions ineligible for
membership in the NASD which agree (x) not to resell the Shares (A) to
purchasers in, or to persons who are nationals or residents of, the United
States of America, or (B) when there is a public demand for the Shares, to
persons specified as those to whom members of the NASD participating in a
distribution may not sell, and (y) to comply, as though such foreign dealer or
institution were a member of the NASD, with such Interpretation with respect to
Free-Riding and Withholding and with Sections 8, 24, 25 (as such Section applies
to foreign non-members) and 36 of such Rules of Fair Practice (such dealers and 
institutions agreeing to purchase Shares hereunder being hereinafter referred to
as "Selected Dealers") at the Pubic Offering Price less a selling



________________________

(1) Plus an option to purchase up to 240,000 additional shares to cover
    over-allotments.

<PAGE>

concession of $________ per share, payable as hereinafter provided, out of which
concession an amount not exceeding $______ per share may be reallowed by
Selected Dealers to members of the NASD or to foreign dealers or institutions
ineligible for membership therein which agree as aforesaid.  This offering is
made subject to delivery of the Shares and their acceptance by us, to the
approval of all legal matters by counsel and to the terms and conditions herein
set forth.  Some or all of the Underwriters may be included among the Selected
Dealers.  Each of the Underwriters has agreed that, during the term of this
Agreement, it will be governed by the terms and conditions hereof whether or not
such Underwriter is included among the Selected Dealers.

    4.    We, acting as Representative, and with our consent, any Underwriter,
may buy Shares from, or sell Shares to, any Selected Dealer, or any other
Underwriter, and any Selected Dealer may buy Shares from, or sell Shares to, any
other Selected Dealer or any Underwriter at the Public Offering Price less all
or any part of the concession.  We, acting as Representatives, after the initial
public offering, may change the concession and the reallowance.

    5.    If, prior to the termination of this Agreement, we purchase or
contract to purchase, in the open market or otherwise, for the account of any
Underwriter, any Shares purchased by you hereunder, you agree to pay us on
demand for the accounts of the several Underwriters an amount equal to the
concession on such Shares.  In addition, we may charge you with any transfer
taxes and broker's commissions or dealer's mark-up paid in connection with such
purchase or contract to purchase.

    6.    We shall act on behalf of the Underwriters under this Agreement and
shall have full authority to take such action as we may deem advisable in
respect of all matters pertaining to the public offering of the Shares.

    7.    If you desire to purchase any of the Shares, your subscription should
reach us promptly by telephone by calling Ms. Vicki Anderson at (612) 341-6276 
or by telegraph at the offices of R.J. Steichen & Company, 801 Nicollet Mall, 
Suite 1100, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402, and we will use our best efforts to 
fill the same.  We reserve the right to reject all subscriptions, in whole or 
in part, to make allotments and to close the subscription books at any time 
without notice.  The Shares allotted to you will be confirmed, subject to the 
terms and conditions of this Agreement.

    8.    The privilege of purchasing the Shares is extended to you only on
behalf of the several Underwriters, if any, that may lawfully sell the Shares to
dealers in your state.

    9.    Any of the Shares purchased by you under the terms of this Agreement
may be immediately reoffered to the public in accordance with the terms of the
offering thereof set forth herein and in the Prospectus, subject to the
securities laws of the various states.  Neither you nor any other person is or
has been authorized to give any information or to make any representations in
connection with the sale of the Shares other than as contained in the
Prospectus.

    10.   This Agreement will terminate when we shall have determined that the
public offering of the Shares has been completed and upon telegraphic notice to
you of such

                                      -2-

<PAGE>

termination, but, if not previously terminated, this Agreement will terminate 
at the close of business on the thirtieth (30th) full business day after the 
date hereof; provided, however, that we shall have the right to extend this 
Agreement for an additional period or periods not exceeding thirty (30) full 
business days in the aggregate upon telephonic notice to you.  Promptly after 
the termination of this Agreement, there shall become payable to you the 
selling concession on the number of Shares that you shall have purchased 
hereunder and that shall not have been purchased or contracted for (including 
certificates issued upon transfer) by us, in the open market or otherwise 
(except pursuant to Section 12 hereof), during the term of this Agreement for 
account of one or more of the several Underwriters.

    11.   For the purpose of stabilizing the market in the Common Stock of the
Company, we have been authorized to make purchases and sales thereof, in the
open market or otherwise, and, in arranging for sale of the Shares, to over-
allot. 

    12.   You agree to advise us from time to time upon request, prior to the
termination of this Agreement, of the number of Shares purchased by you
hereunder and remaining unsold at the time of such request, and if, in our
opinion, any such Shares shall be needed to make delivery of the Shares sold or
over-allotted for the account of one or more of the Underwriters, you will,
forthwith upon our request, grant to us for the account or accounts of such
Underwriter or Underwriters the right, exercisable promptly after receipt of
notice from you that such right has been granted, to purchase, at the Public
Offering Price less the selling concession or such part thereof as we shall
determine, such number of Shares owned by you as shall have been specified in
our request.

    13.   On becoming a Selected Dealer, and in offering and selling the Shares,
you agree (which agreement shall also be for the benefit of the Selling
Shareholders and the Company) to comply with all applicable requirements of the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"), and the Securities Exchange Act
of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act").  You confirm that you are familiar
with Rule 15c2-8 under the Exchange Act relating to the distribution of
preliminary and final prospectuses for securities of an issuer and confirm that
you have complied and will comply therewith.

    14.   Upon request, you will be informed as to the jurisdictions in which we
have been advised that the Shares have been qualified for sale under the
respective securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions, but neither we nor
any of the Underwriters assume any obligation or responsibility as to the right
of any Selected Dealer to sell the Shares in any jurisdiction or as to any sale
therein.  You authorize us to file a Further State Notice with respect to the
Shares with the State of New York, if required.

    15.   Additional copies of the Prospectus will be supplied to you in
reasonable quantities upon request.

    16.   It is expected that public advertisement of the Shares will be made 
no sooner than the first day after the effective date of the Registration 
Statement or such later date as the initial offering price of the Shares is 
determined if the Company elects to rely on Rule 430A under the Act.  
Twenty-four (24) hours after such advertisement shall have appeared, but not 
before, you will be free to advertise at your own expense, over your own 
name, subject to any restriction of local


                                      -3-

<PAGE>

laws, but your advertisement must conform in all respects to the requirements 
of the Act, and neither we nor the Underwriters shall be under any obligation 
or liability in respect of your advertisement.

    17.   No Selected Dealer is authorized to act as our agent or as agent for
the Underwriters, or otherwise to act on our behalf or on behalf of the
Underwriters, in offering or selling the Shares to the public or otherwise.

    18.   We and the several Underwriters shall not be under any liability for
or in respect of the value, validity or form of the Shares, or delivery of the
certificates for the Shares, or the performance by anyone of any agreement on
his part, or the qualification of the Shares for sale under the laws of any
jurisdiction, or for or in respect of any matter connected with this Agreement, 
except for lack of good faith and for obligations expressly assumed by use or by
the several Underwriters in this Agreement.  The foregoing provisions shall not
be deemed a waiver of any liability imposed under the Act.

    19.   Payment for the Shares sold to you hereunder is to be made at the
Public Offering Price, on or about ___________________, 1996 or such later date
as we may advise, by certified or official bank check, payable to the order of
R.J. Steichen & Company, in current funds, at such place as we shall specify on
one day's notice to you against delivery of the Shares.  Notwithstanding the
foregoing, if actions in the Shares can be settled through the facilities of The
Depository Trust Company, payment for and delivery of Shares purchased by you
hereunder will be made through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company,
if you are a member, unless you have otherwise notified us prior to the date
specified in our telex or telegram to you, or, if you are not a member,
settlement may be made through a correspondent who is a member pursuant to
instructions you may send us prior to such specified date.

    20.   Notice to us should be addressed to R.J. Steichen & Company, Midwest
Plaza, Suite 1100, 801 Nicollet Mall, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402.  Notices to
you shall be deemed to have been duly given if telegraphed or mailed to you at
the address to which this letter is addressed.

    21.   If you desire to purchase any of the Shares, please confirm your
subscription by signing and returning to us your confirmation overleaf on the
duplicate copy of this letter enclosed herewith, even though you have previously
advised us thereof by telephone, teletype or telegraph.

                                      Very truly yours,

                                      R.J. STEICHEN & COMPANY
                                      As Representative


                                      By: _______________________________
                                           Managing Director

__________________, 1996


                                      -4-

<PAGE>


                                  CONFIRMATION


R.J. STEICHEN & COMPANY
As Representative
Midwest Plaza, Suite 1100
801 Nicollet Mall
Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402


Dear Sirs:

     We hereby agree to purchase __________________ shares of common stock, $.01
par value per share, of Printware, Inc., in accordance with all terms and
conditions stated in the foregoing letter.  We hereby acknowledge receipt of the
Prospectus referred to in the first paragraph thereof relating to said Shares. 
We further state that in purchasing said Shares we have relied upon said
Prospectus and upon no other statement whatsoever, written or oral.  We hereby
confirm that we are a dealer actually engaged in the investment banking or
securities business and that we are either (a) a member in good standing of the
National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the "NASD") or (b) a dealer
with its principal place of business located outside the United States, its
territories and its possessions and not registered as a broker or dealer under
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 who hereby agrees not to make any sales
within the United States, its territories or its possessions or to persons who
are nationals thereof or residents therein.  We hereby agree to comply with all
applicable rules of the NASD, including, without limitation, the NASD's
Interpretation with respect to Free-Riding and Withholding and Section 24 of
Article III of the NASD's Rules of Fair Practice and, if we are a foreign dealer
and not a member of the NASD, we also agree to comply with such Interpretation
with respect to Free-Riding and Withholding and to comply, as though we were a
member of the NASD, with the provisions of Sections 8, 24, 25 (as such Section
applies to foreign non-members) and 36 of Article III of such Rules of Fair
Practice.  We confirm that we will not sell any of the Shares to discretionary
accounts.

                                      ______________________________________


                                      By: __________________________________
                                           Authorized Representative

                                      Address ______________________________


Dated: _________________, 1996.


MPLS:80186-1


<PAGE>

                                                                   EXHIBIT 1.3


                              1,600,000 Shares(1)

                                 PRINTWARE, INC.

                                  Common Stock

                          AGREEMENT AMONG UNDERWRITERS


R. J. STEICHEN & COMPANY                                   ______________, 1996
As Representative of the several Underwriters
 named in Schedule II to Exhibit A annexed hereto
Midwest Plaza, Suite 1100
801 Nicollet Mall
Minneapolis, Minnesota  55402

Dear Sirs:

     1.   UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT.  We understand that an underwriting
agreement (the "Underwriting Agreement") attached hereto as EXHIBIT A with
respect to 1,600,000 shares (the "Firm Shares") of common stock, no par value
("Common Stock"), of Printware, Inc., a Minnesota corporation (the "Company"), 
proposed to be sold by the Company and by certain shareholders of
the Company (the "Selling Shareholders") is to be entered into among the
Company, the Selling Shareholders, and you and other prospective underwriters,
including us, acting severally and not jointly.  The parties on whose behalf you
execute the Underwriting Agreement are named in Schedule II thereto and are
herein called the "Underwriters." The Underwriting Agreement also provides for
the grant by the Company and the Selling Shareholders to the several
Underwriters of an option, on the terms and conditions set forth therein, to
purchase up to an additional 240,000 shares of Common Stock (the "Option
Shares").  The Firm Shares and any Option Shares purchased pursuant to the
Underwriting Agreement are hereinafter collectively called the "Shares." It is
also understood that changes may be made to those who are to be Underwriters and
to the respective aggregate number of Shares to be purchased by them, but that
the aggregate number of the Shares to be purchased by us as set forth in the
accompanying form of Underwriting Agreement will not be changed without our
consent except as provided herein or in the Underwriting Agreement.

     2.   REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND PROSPECTUS.  As used herein, the terms
"Registration Statement," "Preliminary Prospectus" and "Prospectus" shall have
the meanings ascribed to them in the Underwriting Agreement.  You will furnish
to us as soon as possible copies of the Prospectus to be used in connection with
the offering of the Shares.  We confirm that, if requested by you as
Representative, we have furnished a copy of any amended Preliminary Prospectus
to each person to whom we have furnished a copy of any previous Preliminary
Prospectus, and we confirm that we have delivered and agree that we will deliver
all Preliminary Prospectuses and Prospectuses and all supplements thereto
required for compliance with the 



________________________

(1) Plus an option to purchase up to 240,000 additional shares to cover
    over-allotments.

<PAGE>

provisions of Rule 15c2-8 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
(the "Exchange Act").  We consent to being named in the Prospectus as one of the
Underwriters of the Shares.


     3.   AUTHORITY AND COMPENSATION.  We hereby authorize you, as our
Representative and on our behalf, to enter into the Underwriting Agreement with
the Company in substantially the form attached hereto as EXHIBIT A and to take
such action as you deem advisable in connection with the performance of the
Underwriting Agreement and this Agreement and the purchase, carrying, sale and
distribution of the Shares.  You may waive performance or satisfaction by the
Company of other obligations or conditions included in the Underwriting
Agreement if, in your judgment, such waiver will not have a material adverse
effect upon the interests of the Underwriters.

     As compensation for your services, we will pay you an amount equal to
$_____ per share with respect to each share of the Shares which we agree to
purchase under the Purchase Agreement, and you may charge our account therefor.

     4.   PUBLIC OFFERING.  In connection with the public offering of the
Shares, we authorize you, in your discretion:

          (a)   To determine the time of the initial public offering, to
     change the public offering price and the concessions and discounts to
     dealers after the initial public offering, to furnish the Company with the
     information to be included in the Registration Statement or Prospectus with
     respect to the terms of offering and to determine all matters relating to
     advertising and communications with dealers or others;

          (b)   To reserve for sale to dealers selected by you ("Selected
     Dealers") and to others, all or any part of our Shares, such reservations
     for sales to others to be as nearly as practicable in proportion to the
     respective underwriting obligations of the Underwriters unless you agree to
     a smaller proportion at the request of any Underwriter and, from time to
     time, to add to the reserved Shares any Shares retained by us remaining
     unsold and to release to us any of our Shares reserved but not sold;

          (c)   To sell reserved Shares, as nearly as practicable in
     proportion to the respective reservations, to Selected Dealers at the
     public offering price less the Selected Dealers' concession and to others
     at the public offering price; and

          (d)   To buy Shares for our account from Selected Dealers at the
     public offering price less such amount not in excess of the Selected
     Dealers' concession as you determine.

     We authorize you to determine the form and manner of any communications or
agreements with Selected Dealers.  If there shall be any agreements with
Selected Dealers, you are authorized to act as manager thereunder, and we agree
in such event to be governed by the terms and conditions of such agreements. 
The form of Selected Dealers' Agreement attached hereto as EXHIBIT B is
satisfactory to us.

                                      -2-

<PAGE>

     Sales of Shares between Underwriters may be made with your prior consent,
or as you deem advisable for Blue Sky purposes.

     After advice from you that the Shares have been released for public
offering, we will offer to the public in conformity with the terms of offering
set forth in the Prospectus such of our Shares as you advise us are not
reserved.

     If, prior to the termination of this Agreement, you shall purchase or
contract to purchase, in the open market or otherwise, any Shares sold by us
(otherwise than through you) pursuant to this Agreement, we agree to repurchase
such Shares on demand at a price equal to the total cost of such purchase made
by you as Representative, including commissions, if any, and transfer taxes on
the redelivery.  Certificates for the Shares delivered on such repurchase need
not be the identical certificates so purchased by you.  In lieu of such action,
you may in your discretion sell for our account the Shares so purchased and
debit or credit our account for the loss or profit resulting from such sale, or
charge our account with an amount not in excess of the Selected Dealers'
concession with respect to such Shares.

     5.   PAYMENT AND DELIVERY.  We authorize you to make payment on our
behalf to the Company of the purchase price of our Shares, to take delivery of
our Shares, registered as you may direct in order to facilitate deliveries, and
to deliver our reserved Shares against sales.  At your request, we will pay you
an amount equal to the public offering price, less the selling concession, of
either our Shares or our unreserved Shares as you direct, and such payment will
be directed to our account and applied to the payment of the purchase price. 
After you receive payment for reserved Shares sold for our account, you will
remit to us the purchase price (if any) paid by us for such Shares and credit or
debit our account with the difference between the sale price and the purchase
price thereof.  You will deliver to us our unreserved Shares promptly, and our
reserved but unsold Shares against payment of the purchase price therefor
(except in the case of Shares for which payment has previously been made), as
soon as practicable after the termination of the provisions referred to in
Section 9 hereof, except that if the aggregate number of reserved but unsold
Shares upon such termination does not exceed 10% of the total number of the
Shares, you may in your discretion sell such reserved but unsold Shares for the
accounts of the several Underwriters as soon as practicable after such
termination, at such prices and in such manner as you determine.

     6.   AUTHORITY TO BORROW.  In connection with the purchase or carrying
of our Shares, we authorize you, in your discretion, to advance your funds for
our account, charging current interest rates, to arrange loans for our account,
and in connection therewith to execute and deliver any notes or other
instruments and to hold or pledge as security any of our Shares.  Any lender may
rely upon your instructions in all matters relating to any such loan.  Any
Shares held by you for our account may be delivered to us for carrying purposes
and, if so delivered, will be redelivered to you upon demand.

     7.   STABILIZATION AND OVER-ALLOTMENT.  We authorize you, in your
discretion, to make purchases and sales of Shares and of the outstanding shares
of Common Stock, in the open market or otherwise, for long or short account, on
such terms as you deem advisable, and to over-allot in arranging sales.  Such
purchases and sales and over-allotments will be made for the accounts of the
Underwriters as nearly as practicable in proportion to their respective

                                      -3-

<PAGE>


underwriting obligations.  We authorize you, in your discretion, to cover any
short position incurred pursuant to this Section by purchasing securities on
such terms as you deem advisable.  At no time will our net commitment under the
foregoing provisions of this Section exceed 15% of our underwriting obligation. 
We will on demand take up at cost any securities so purchased and deliver any
securities so sold or over-allotted for our account, and, if any other
Underwriter defaults in its corresponding obligation, we will assume our
proportionate share of such obligation without relieving the defaulting
Underwriter from liability.  Upon request, we will advise you of the Shares
retained by us and unsold and will sell to you for the account of one or more of
the Underwriters such of our unsold Shares at such price, not less than the net
price to Selected Dealers nor more than the public offering price, as you
determine.

     If you effect stabilizing purchases pursuant to Section 7 hereof, you will
notify us promptly of the initiation and termination thereof.  If stabilization
is effected, we will furnish to you not later than three business days following
the date on which stabilizing was commenced such information as is required by
Rule 17a-2(d) under the Exchange Act.

     8.   OPEN MARKET TRANSACTIONS. We and you agree not to bid for,
purchase, attempt to induce others to purchase, or sell, directly or indirectly,
any Shares or outstanding shares of Common Stock, except as brokers pursuant to
unsolicited orders and as otherwise provided in this Agreement.

     We represent that we have not participated in any transaction prohibited by
the preceding paragraph and that we have at all times complied with the
provisions of Rule l0b-6 and l0b-6A of the Securities and Exchange Commission as
applicable to the offering of the Shares.

     9.   TERMINATION.  The provisions of the last two paragraphs of
Section 4, the first sentence of Section 7, and all of Section 8 hereof, will
terminate at the close of business on the thirtieth (30th) day after the date of
the initial public offering of the Shares, unless sooner terminated as
hereinafter provided.  You may terminate such provisions at any time by notice
to us to the effect that the offering provisions of this Agreement are
terminated.

     10.  EXPENSES AND SETTLEMENT.  You may charge our account with any
transfer taxes on sales made by you of Shares purchased by us under the
Underwriting Agreement and with our proportionate share (based upon our
underwriting obligation) of all other expenses incurred by you under this
Agreement or in connection with the purchase, carrying, sale or distribution of
the Shares.  The accounts hereunder will be settled as promptly as practicable
after the termination of the provisions referred to in Section 9 hereof, but you
may reserve such amount as you may deem advisable for additional expenses.  Your
determination of the amount to be paid to or by us will be conclusive.  You may
at any time make partial distributions of credit balances or call for payment of
debit balances.  Any of our funds in your hands may be held with your general
funds without accountability for interest.  Notwithstanding any settlement, we
will remain liable for any taxes on transfers for our account, and for our
proportionate share (based upon our underwriting obligation) of all expenses and
liabilities which may be incurred by or for the accounts of the Underwriters.

     11.  DEFAULT BY UNDERWRITERS.  Default by one or more Underwriters
hereunder or under the Underwriting Agreement will not release the other
Underwriters from their obligations

                                      -4-

<PAGE>

or affect the liability of any defaulting Underwriter to the other 
Underwriters for damages resulting from such default. If one or more 
Underwriters default under the Underwriting Agreement, you may arrange for 
the purchase by others, including nondefaulting Underwriters, of Shares not 
taken up by the defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters.

     12.  POSITION OF REPRESENTATIVE.  You will be under no liability to us
for any act or omission except for obligations expressly assumed by you herein,
and no obligation on your part will be implied hereby or inferred herefrom.  The
rights and liabilities of the Underwriters are several and not joint, and
nothing will constitute the Underwriters a partnership, association or separate
entity.

     If for federal income tax purposes the Underwriters should be deemed to
constitute a partnership, then each Underwriter elects to be excluded from the
application of Subchapter K, Chapter 1, Subtitle A, of the Internal Revenue Code
of 1986, as amended.  You, as Representative of the several Underwriters, are
authorized, in your discretion, to execute on behalf of the Underwriters such
evidence of such election as may be required by the Internal Revenue Service.

     13.  INDEMNIFICATION.  We will indemnify and hold harmless each other
Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls such Underwriter within the
meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Act"), or
Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act, and reimburse your and their expenses, to the
extent and upon the terms upon which each Underwriter agrees to indemnity the
Company in the Underwriting Agreement.

     14.  CONTRIBUTION.  Each Underwriter (including you) will pay upon
your request, as contribution, its proportionate share, based upon its
underwriting obligation, of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities, joint or
several, paid or incurred by any Underwriter to any person other than an
Underwriter, arising out of or based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue
statement of any material fact contained in the Registration Statement, the
Prospectus, any amendment or supplement thereto or any related Preliminary
Prospectus, or any other selling or advertising material approved by you for use
by the Underwriters in connection with the sale of the Shares, or the omission
or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated
therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading (other than
an untrue statement or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission
made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to
the Company by an Underwriter specifically for use therein); and will pay such
proportionate share of any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by you or
with your consent in connection with investigating or defending any such loss,
claim, damage or liability, or any action in respect thereof. In determining the
amount of any Underwriter's obligation under this Section, appropriate
adjustment may be made by you to reflect any amounts received by one or more
Underwriters in respect of such claim from the Company pursuant to Section 6 of
the Underwriting Agreement or otherwise.  There shall be credited against any
amount paid or payable by us pursuant to this Section any loss, damage,
liability or expense which is incurred by us as a result of any such claim
asserted against us, and if such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense is
incurred by us subsequent to any payment by us pursuant to this Section,
appropriate provisions shall be made to effect such credit, by refund or 
otherwise.  If any such claim is asserted, you may take such action in 
connection therewith as you deem necessary or desirable, including retention 
of counsel for the 

                                      -5-

<PAGE>

Underwriters, and in your discretion separate counsel for any 
particular Underwriter or group of Underwriters, and the fees and 
disbursements of any counsel so retained by you shall be included in the 
amount payable pursuant to this Section.  In determining amounts payable 
pursuant to this Section, any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense 
incurred by any person controlling any Underwriter within the meaning of 
Section 15 of the Act or Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act which has been 
incurred by reason of such control relationship shall be deemed to have been 
incurred by such Underwriter. Any Underwriter may elect to retain at its own 
expense its own counsel.  You may settle or consent to the settlement of any 
such claim, on advice of counsel retained by you, with the approval of a 
majority in interest of the Underwriters.  Whenever you receive notice of the 
assertion of any claim to which the provisions of this Section would be 
applicable, you will give prompt notice thereof to each Underwriter.  You 
will furnish each Underwriter with periodic reports, at such times as you 
deem appropriate, as to the status of such claim and the action taken by you 
in connection therewith.  If any Underwriter or Underwriters default in their 
obligation to make any payments under this Section, each nondefaulting 
Underwriter shall be obligated to pay its proportionate share of all 
defaulted payments, based upon such Underwriter's underwriting obligation as 
related to the underwriting obligations of all nondefaulting Underwriters.

     15.  REPORTS AND BLUE SKY MATTERS.  We authorize you to file with the
Securities and Exchange Commission and any other governmental agency any reports
required in connection with any transaction effected by you for our account
pursuant to this Agreement, and we will furnish any information needed for such
reports.  You will not have any responsibility with respect to the right of any
Underwriter or other person to sell the Shares in any jurisdiction,
notwithstanding any information you may furnish in that connection.

     16.  MISCELLANEOUS.  Any notice hereunder from you to us or from us to
you shall be deemed to have been duly given when sent by mail, telegram or
delivered in person, if to us, at the address stated in the Underwriters'
Questionnaire or telex constituting Questionnaire which we have furnished in
connection with this offering or, if to you, to R. J. Steichen & Company,
Midwest Plaza, Suite 1100, 801 Nicollet Mall, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55402.

     We understand that you are members in good standing of the National
Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. ("NASD").  We hereby confirm that we are
either (i) a member in good standing of the NASD or (ii) a dealer with its
principal place of business located outside the United States, its territories
and its possessions and not registered as a broker or dealer under the Exchange 
Act who agrees not to make any sales within the United States, its territories
or its possessions or to persons who are nationals thereof or residents therein.
We hereby agree to comply with all applicable rules of the NASD, including,
without limitation, the NASD's Interpretation with respect to Free-Riding and
Withholding and Section 24 of Article III of the NASD's Rules of Fair Practice, 
and, if we are a foreign dealer and not a member of the NASD, to comply with
such Interpretation with respect to Free-Riding and Withholding and the
provisions of Sections 8, 24, 25 (as such Section applies to foreign nonmembers)
and 36 of Article III of such Rules of Fair Practice as though we were a member
of the NASD.  In connection with the sales and offers to sell Shares made by us
outside the United States (a) we will either furnish to each person to whom any
such sale or offer is made a copy of the then current Preliminary Prospectus or
the Prospectus (as then amended or supplemented if the Company shall have
furnished any amendments or supplements thereto), as the case may be, or

                                      -6-

<PAGE>

inform such person that such Preliminary Prospectus or Prospectus will be 
available upon request and (b) we will furnish to each person to whom any 
such sale or offer is made such Prospectus, advertisement or other offering 
document containing information relating to the Shares or the Company as may 
be required under the law of the jurisdiction in which such offer or sale is 
made.  Any prospectus, advertisement or other offering document furnished by 
us to any such person in accordance with the preceding sentence and any such 
additional offering material as we may furnish to any person (i) shall comply 
in all respects with the law of the jurisdiction in which it is so furnished, 
(ii) shall be prepared and so furnished at our sole risk and expense, and 
(iii) shall not contain information relating to the Shares or the Company 
which is inconsistent in any respect with the information contained in the 
then current Preliminary Prospectus or in the Prospectus (as then amended or 
supplemented if the Company shall have furnished any amendments or 
supplements thereto), as the case may be.  We confirm that we will not make 
sales of the Shares to discretionary accounts.

     This instrument may be signed by the Underwriters in various counterparts
which together shall constitute one and the same agreement among all the
Underwriters and shall become effective at such time as all the Underwriters
shall have signed such counterparts and you shall have confirmed all such
counterparts.

     Please confirm that the foregoing correctly states the understanding
between us by signing and returning to us a counterpart hereof.


                              Very truly yours,


                              By: _________________________________________
                                   Attorney-in-fact for the several
                                   Underwriters listed in Schedule II to the
                                   Underwriting Agreement

Confirmed as of the date first above written.

R. J. STEICHEN & COMPANY
As Representative



BY: ___________________________________
     Managing Director


MPLS:80181-1


                                      -7-


<PAGE>

             Incorporated Under The Laws Of The State of Minnesota

   NUMBER                                                       SHARES
                                                           CUSIP  742580 10 3
                                                               SEE REVERSE
                                                         FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

                             PRINTWARE, INC.
                    AUTHORIZED NUMBER OF SHARES 15,000,000



THIS CERTIFIES THAT

IS THE OWNER OF

           FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF NO PAR VALUE COMMON STOCK OF


                               PRINTWARE, INC.

subject to the terms referred to on the reverse side of this Certificate, 
transferable only on the books of the corporation by the holder hereof in 
person or by duly authorized attorney upon surrender of this certificate 
properly endorsed.

   IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the said Company has caused this Certificate to be 
executed by the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers and to 
be sealed with the facsimile seal of the Company.

   Dated:        


               SECRETARY                      PRESIDENT


                           PRINTWARE, INC.
                              CORPORATE 
                                SEAL
                              MINNESOTA


COUNTERSIGNED:

    American Securities Transfer & Trust, Inc.
      P.O. Box 1596
    Denver, Colorado 80201

By _______________________________________________
   Transfer Agent & Registrar Authorized Signature


<PAGE>


                         PRINTWARE, INC.

   The Corporation will furnish to any shareholder upon request and without 
charge a full statement of the designations, preferences, limitations and 
relative rights of the shares of each class or series authorized to be 
issued, so far as they have been determined, and the authority of the Board 
of Directors to determine the relative rights and preference of subsequent 
series.

   The following abbreviations when used in the inscription on the face of 
this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full 
according to applicable laws or regulations:

   TEN COM -as tenants in common              UNIF GIFT MIN ACT-..Custodian...
   TEN ENT -as tenants by the entireties                       (Cust)   (Minor)
   JT TEN  -as joint tenants with right of        under Uniform Gifts to Minors
           survivorship and not as tenants        Act .........................
           in common                                            (State)

       Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.
________________________________________________________________________________

For Value Received, ____________________ hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER
IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE
/                            /

________________________________________________________________________________
  (PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)

________________________________________________________________________________

________________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________ Shares
of the Common Stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby 
irrevocably constitute and appoint
______________________________________________________________ attorney-in-fact
to transfer the said stock on the books of the within-named Corporation, with 
full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated   _____________________


                 ______________________________________________________________

                 ______________________________________________________________
                 NOTICE: THE SIGNATURE(S) TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND 
                 WITH THE NAME(S) AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE
                 IN EVERY PARTICULAR WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY 
                 CHANGE WHATSOEVER.


Signature(s) Guaranteed:


_________________________________
The signature(s) should be guaranteed by an eligible guarantor institution 
(Banks, Stockbrokers, Savings and Loan Associations and Credit Unions with 
membership in an approved signature guarantee Medallion Program), pursuant to 
S.E.C. Rule 17Ad-15.





<PAGE>
                                                                     EXHIBIT 5.1
 
                          LINDQUIST & VENNUM P.L.L.P.
                                4200 IDS CENTER
                       MINNEAPOLIS, MINNESOTA 55402-2205
                            TELEPHONE (612) 371-3211
 
                              FAX: (612) 371-3207
 
June 18, 1996
 
Printware, Inc.
1270 Eagan Industrial Road
St. Paul, Minnesota 55121
 
    RE:  REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON FORM S-1
       FILE NO. 333-03629
 
Ladies and Gentleman:
 
    In  connection  with  the  Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-1  filed  by
Printware, Inc. (the "Company") with  the Securities and Exchange Commission  on
May  13, 1996 (File No. 333-03629), as amended to the date hereof, relating to a
public offering of 1,200,000 shares of Common Stock, no par value per share (the
"Common Stock") being offered by the Company and 400,000 shares of Common  Stock
being  offered by certain Selling Shareholders (plus up to an additional 240,000
shares of Common Stock to be offered if the Underwriters exercise in full  their
over-allotment  option), please be advised that  as counsel to the Company, upon
examination of such corporate documents and records as we have deemed  necessary
or advisable for the purposes of this opinion, it is our opinion that:
 
    1.  The Company is a validly existing corporation in good standing under the
       laws of the State of Minnesota.
 
    2.   The shares  of Common Stock  being offered by  the Selling Shareholders
       are, and the shares of Common Stock being offered by the Company will  be
       when  issued and paid for as  contemplated by the Registration Statement,
       validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.
 
    We hereby  consent to  the  filing of  this opinion  as  an exhibit  to  the
Registration  Statement,  and to  the reference  to our  firm under  the heading
"Legal Matters"  in  the  Prospectus  comprising  a  part  of  the  Registration
Statement.
 
                                          Very truly yours,
 
                                          /s/ LINDQUIST & VENNUM P.L.L.P.
 
                                          LINDQUIST & VENNUM P.L.L.P.

<PAGE>
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1
 
              INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT AND REPORT ON SCHEDULE
 
    We  consent to the use in this Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement No.
333-3629 of  Printware, Inc.  (the Company)  on  Form S-1  of our  report  dated
February 2, 1996 (April 25, 1996 as to the first paragraph of Note 3), appearing
in the Prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement. We also consent
to  the  reference  to  us  under the  headings  "Selected  Financial  Data" and
"Experts" in such Prospectus.
 
    Our audits of  the financial  statements referred to  in our  aforementioned
report  also included the financial statement schedule of the Company, listed in
Item 16(b);  this financial  statement  schedule is  the responsibility  of  the
Company's  management. Our responsibility is to  express an opinion based on our
audits. In our opinion,  such financial statement  schedule, when considered  in
relation  to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in
all material respects the information set forth therein.
 
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
 
Minneapolis, Minnesota
June 17, 1996


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission